Issue #3111 - Clean up logic in SweepFinalizationRegistries.

Resolves #3111

CLOBBER

@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@
 # changes to stick? As of bug 928195, this shouldn't be necessary! Please
 # don't change CLOBBER for WebIDL changes any more.
 
-Clobber for Issue #3027
+Clobber for Idle GC backout

TRADEMARK

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-TRADEMARK NOTICE
-================
-
-The name "Goanna" and visual representations (logo) have not been
-registered by the Copyright owners as a trademark in any jurisdiction.
-However, because Goanna has been distributed and maintained world-wide,
-continually since 2015, the Copyright owners claim "common-law trademark
-protection" in any jurisdiction where common-law trademark is recognized.

accessible/atk/Platform.cpp

@@ -18,6 +18,10 @@
 #endif
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
 
+#if (MOZ_WIDGET_GTK == 3)
+extern "C" __attribute__((weak,visibility("default"))) int atk_bridge_adaptor_init(int*, char **[]);
+#endif
+
 using namespace mozilla;
 using namespace mozilla::a11y;
 
@@ -29,20 +33,12 @@ extern "C" {
 typedef GType (* AtkGetTypeType) (void);
 typedef void (*GnomeAccessibilityInit) (void);
 typedef void (*GnomeAccessibilityShutdown) (void);
-#if (MOZ_WIDGET_GTK == 3)
-typedef int (*AtkBridgeAdaptorInit) (int*, char***);
-#endif
 }
 
 static PRLibrary* sATKLib = nullptr;
 static const char sATKLibName[] = "libatk-1.0.so.0";
 static const char sATKHyperlinkImplGetTypeSymbol[] =
   "atk_hyperlink_impl_get_type";
-#if (MOZ_WIDGET_GTK == 3)
-static PRLibrary* sAtkBridgeAdaptorLib = nullptr;
-static const char sAtkBridgeAdaptorLibName[] = "libatk-bridge-2.0.so.0";
-static const char sAtkBridgeAdaptorInitSymbol[] = "atk_bridge_adaptor_init";
-#endif
 
 gboolean toplevel_event_watcher(GSignalInvocationHint*, guint, const GValue*,
                                 gpointer);
@@ -131,38 +127,6 @@ LoadGtkModule(GnomeAccessibilityModule& aModule)
     return NS_OK;
 }
 
-#if (MOZ_WIDGET_GTK == 3)
-static bool
-InitAtkBridgeAdaptor()
-{
-  AtkBridgeAdaptorInit initBridge =
-    reinterpret_cast<AtkBridgeAdaptorInit>(
-      PR_FindFunctionSymbolAndLibrary(sAtkBridgeAdaptorInitSymbol,
-                                      &sAtkBridgeAdaptorLib));
-
-  if (!initBridge) {
-    sAtkBridgeAdaptorLib = PR_LoadLibrary(sAtkBridgeAdaptorLibName);
-    if (sAtkBridgeAdaptorLib) {
-      initBridge =
-        reinterpret_cast<AtkBridgeAdaptorInit>(
-          PR_FindFunctionSymbol(sAtkBridgeAdaptorLib,
-                                sAtkBridgeAdaptorInitSymbol));
-      if (!initBridge) {
-        PR_UnloadLibrary(sAtkBridgeAdaptorLib);
-        sAtkBridgeAdaptorLib = nullptr;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (!initBridge) {
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  initBridge(nullptr, nullptr);
-  return true;
-}
-#endif
-
 void
 a11y::PlatformInit()
 {
@@ -217,7 +181,9 @@ a11y::PlatformInit()
   // Init atk-bridge now
   PR_SetEnv("NO_AT_BRIDGE=0");
 #if (MOZ_WIDGET_GTK == 3)
-  if (!InitAtkBridgeAdaptor())
+  if (atk_bridge_adaptor_init) {
+    atk_bridge_adaptor_init(nullptr, nullptr);
+  } else
 #endif
   {
     nsresult rv = LoadGtkModule(sAtkBridge);
@@ -262,13 +228,6 @@ a11y::PlatformShutdown()
         sAtkBridge.init = nullptr;
         sAtkBridge.shutdown = nullptr;
     }
-#if (MOZ_WIDGET_GTK == 3)
-    if (sAtkBridgeAdaptorLib) {
-        // Do not shutdown/unload atk-bridge; an exit function registered by
-        // the bridge will take care of it.
-        sAtkBridgeAdaptorLib = nullptr;
-    }
-#endif
 #if (MOZ_WIDGET_GTK == 2)
     if (sGail.lib) {
         // Do not shutdown gail because

accessible/base/NotificationController.cpp

@@ -276,7 +276,6 @@ NotificationController::DropMutationEvent(AccTreeMutationEvent* aEvent)
     MOZ_ASSERT(hideEvent);
 
     if (hideEvent->NeedsShutdown()) {
-      mDocument->UncacheChildrenInSubtree(aEvent->GetAccessible());
       mDocument->ShutdownChildrenInSubtree(aEvent->GetAccessible());
     }
   }

accessible/generic/DocAccessible.cpp

@@ -1307,8 +1307,6 @@ DocAccessible::UnbindFromDocument(Accessible* aAccessible)
 {
   NS_ASSERTION(mAccessibleCache.GetWeak(aAccessible->UniqueID()),
                "Unbinding the unbound accessible!");
-  MOZ_ASSERT(!mARIAOwnsHash.Contains(aAccessible),
-             "Container still lingering in mARIAOwnsHash");
 
   // Fire focus event on accessible having DOM focus if active item was removed
   // from the tree.

accessible/windows/msaa/moz.build

@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ SOURCES += [
     'DocAccessibleWrap.cpp',
     'EnumVariant.cpp',
     'HTMLTableAccessibleWrap.cpp',
+    'HTMLWin32ObjectAccessible.cpp',
     'HyperTextAccessibleWrap.cpp',
     'ImageAccessibleWrap.cpp',
     'IUnknownImpl.cpp',

build/gyp.mozbuild

@@ -43,6 +43,8 @@ gyp_vars.update({
     'arm_neon': 0,
     'arm_neon_optional': 1,
 
+    'moz_webrtc_omx': 0,
+    'moz_webrtc_mediacodec': 0,
 
     # Turn off multi monitor screen share
     'multi_monitor_screenshare%' : 0,

build/moz.configure/init.configure

@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ def split_triplet(triplet):
     if cpu.endswith('86') or (cpu.startswith('i') and '86' in cpu):
         canonical_cpu = 'x86'
         endianness = 'little'
-    elif cpu == 'x86_64':
+    elif cpu in ('x86_64', 'ia64'):
         canonical_cpu = cpu
         endianness = 'little'
     elif cpu in ('s390', 's390x'):

build/moz.configure/old.configure

@@ -164,7 +164,6 @@ def old_configure_options(*options):
     '--enable-negotiateauth',
     '--enable-nfc',
     '--enable-npapi',
-    '--enable-npapi-gtk2',
     '--enable-nspr-build',
     '--enable-official-branding',
     '--enable-official-vendor',

build/unix/run-mozilla.sh

@@ -290,6 +290,11 @@ fi
 if [ -n "$LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64" ]; then
 	LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64=${MOZ_DIST_BIN}:${MOZ_DIST_BIN}/plugins:${MRE_HOME}${LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64:+":$LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64"}
 fi
+#
+#
+## Set SHLIB_PATH for HPUX
+SHLIB_PATH=${MOZ_DIST_BIN}:${MRE_HOME}${SHLIB_PATH:+":$SHLIB_PATH"}
+#
 ## Set LIBPATH for AIX
 LIBPATH=${MOZ_DIST_BIN}:${MRE_HOME}${LIBPATH:+":$LIBPATH"}
 #
@@ -334,6 +339,7 @@ then
   fi
   echo "DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH=$DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH"
   echo "     LIBRARY_PATH=$LIBRARY_PATH"
+  echo "       SHLIB_PATH=$SHLIB_PATH"
   echo "          LIBPATH=$LIBPATH"
   echo "       ADDON_PATH=$ADDON_PATH"
   echo "      MOZ_PROGRAM=$MOZ_PROGRAM"
@@ -344,7 +350,7 @@ then
 fi
 #
 export MOZILLA_FIVE_HOME LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-export LIBPATH LIBRARY_PATH ADDON_PATH DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
+export SHLIB_PATH LIBPATH LIBRARY_PATH ADDON_PATH DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
 
 if [ $moz_debug -eq 1 ]
 then

config/external/icu/data/icudata.s

@@ -26,6 +26,6 @@
     global DATA_SYMBOL
 %endif
 
-SECTION .rodata data readable align=16
+SECTION .rodata align=16
 DATA_SYMBOL:
         incbin ICU_DATA_FILE

config/external/icu/data/icudata_gas.S

@@ -6,13 +6,7 @@
 .section .note.GNU-stack,"",%progbits
 #endif
 .global ICU_DATA_SYMBOL
-#if defined(__APPLE__)
-.const
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(XP_SOLARIS)
-.section .rodata
-#else
 .data
-#endif
 .balign 16
 ICU_DATA_SYMBOL:
         .incbin ICU_DATA_FILE

config/external/icu/defs.mozbuild

@@ -17,8 +17,6 @@ DEFINES.update(
     UCONFIG_NO_LEGACY_CONVERSION = True,
     UCONFIG_NO_TRANSLITERATION = True,
     UCONFIG_NO_REGULAR_EXPRESSIONS = True,
-    UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION = True,
-    UCONFIG_NO_MF2 = True,
 
     # We don't need to pass data to and from legacy char* APIs.
     U_CHARSET_IS_UTF8 = True,

config/faster/rules.mk

@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ $(addprefix install-,$(INSTALL_MANIFESTS)): install-%: $(addprefix $(TOPOBJDIR)/
 		--track install_$(subst /,_,$*).track \
 		$(TOPOBJDIR)/$* \
 		-DAB_CD=en-US \
-		-DBOOKMARKS_INCLUDE_DIR=$(TOPSRCDIR)/$(MOZ_BUILD_APP)/locales/en-US/profile \
+		-DBOOKMARKS_INCLUDE_DIR=$(TOPSRCDIR)/browser/locales/en-US/profile \
 		$(ACDEFINES) \
 		install_$(subst /,_,$*)
 

config/system-headers

@@ -448,6 +448,7 @@ gtk/gtkx.h
 gtk/gtkunixprint.h
 HIToolbox/HIToolbox.h
 hlink.h
+ia64/sys/inline.h
 Icons.h
 iconv.h
 ieeefp.h

devtools/client/inspector/shared/tooltips-overlay.js

@@ -143,8 +143,7 @@ TooltipsOverlay.prototype = {
     // Font preview tooltip
     if (type === VIEW_NODE_VALUE_TYPE && prop.property === "font-family") {
       let value = prop.value.toLowerCase();
-      if (value !== "inherit" && value !== "unset" && value !== "initial" &&
-          value !== "revert" && value !== "revert-layer") {
+      if (value !== "inherit" && value !== "unset" && value !== "initial" && value !== "revert") {
         tooltipType = TOOLTIP_FONTFAMILY_TYPE;
       }
     }

devtools/client/jsonview/converter-child.js

@@ -204,22 +204,21 @@ function initialHTML(doc) {
     os = "linux";
   }
 
-  // The appRoot URI is prepended to all URIs instead of using a <base> element
-  // because the latter can cause spurious network requests (UXP Issue #3122)
-  let appRoot = "resource://devtools/client/jsonview/";
+  let base = doc.createElement("base");
+  base.href = "resource://devtools/client/jsonview/";
 
   let style = doc.createElement("link");
   style.rel = "stylesheet";
   style.type = "text/css";
-  style.href = appRoot +"css/main.css";
+  style.href = "css/main.css";
 
   let script = doc.createElement("script");
-  script.src = appRoot + "lib/require.js";
-  script.dataset.main = appRoot + "viewer-config.js";
+  script.src = "lib/require.js";
+  script.dataset.main = "viewer-config";
   script.defer = true;
 
   let head = doc.createElement("head");
-  head.append(style, script);
+  head.append(base, style, script);
 
   return "<!DOCTYPE html>\n" +
     startTag("html", {

devtools/client/jsonview/test/browser.ini

@@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ subsuite = devtools
 support-files =
   array_json.json
   array_json.json^headers^
-  csp_json.json
-  csp_json.json^headers^
   doc_frame_script.js
   head.js
   invalid_json.json
@@ -24,7 +22,6 @@ subsuite = clipboard
 subsuite = clipboard
 [browser_jsonview_copy_rawdata.js]
 subsuite = clipboard
-[browser_jsonview_csp_json.js]
 [browser_jsonview_filter.js]
 [browser_jsonview_invalid_json.js]
 [browser_jsonview_valid_json.js]

devtools/client/jsonview/test/browser_jsonview_csp_json.js

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- indent-tabs-mode: nil; js-indent-level: 2 -*- */
-/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
-/* Any copyright is dedicated to the Public Domain.
- * http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/ */
-
-"use strict";
-
-const TEST_JSON_URL = URL_ROOT + "csp_json.json";
-
-add_task(function* () {
-  info("Test CSP JSON started");
-
-  yield addJsonViewTab(TEST_JSON_URL);
-
-  let count = yield getElementCount(".jsonPanelBox .treeTable .treeRow");
-  is(count, 1, "There must be one row");
-});

devtools/client/jsonview/test/csp_json.json

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-{"csp": true}

devtools/client/jsonview/test/csp_json.json^headers^

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-Content-Type: application/json
-Content-Security-Policy: default-src 'none'; base-uri 'none';

devtools/client/jsonview/viewer-config.js

@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
  * of the code base, so it's consistent and modules can be easily reused.
  */
 require.config({
-  baseUrl: "resource://devtools/client/jsonview/",
+  baseUrl: ".",
   paths: {
     "devtools/client/shared": "resource://devtools/client/shared",
     "devtools/shared": "resource://devtools/shared",

devtools/client/preferences/moz.build

@@ -3,6 +3,6 @@
 # License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
 # file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
 
-JS_PREFERENCE_FILES += [
+JS_PREFERENCE_PP_FILES += [
     'devtools.js',
 ]

devtools/client/shared/css-angle.js

@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@ const SPECIALVALUES = new Set([
   "initial",
   "inherit",
   "unset",
-  "revert",
-  "revert-layer"
+  "revert"
 ]);
 
 const {getCSSLexer} = require("devtools/shared/css/lexer");

devtools/client/shared/widgets/FilterWidget.js

@@ -99,14 +99,7 @@ const filterList = [
 ];
 
 // Valid values that shouldn't be parsed for filters.
-const SPECIAL_VALUES = new Set([
-  "none",
-  "unset",
-  "initial",
-  "inherit",
-  "revert",
-  "revert-layer"
-]);
+const SPECIAL_VALUES = new Set(["none", "unset", "initial", "inherit", "revert"]);
 
 /**
  * A CSS Filter editor widget used to add/remove/modify

devtools/client/styleeditor/StyleSheetEditor.jsm

@@ -103,6 +103,12 @@ function StyleSheetEditor(styleSheet, win, file, isNew, walker, highlighter) {
     }
   };
 
+  this._styleSheetFilePath = null;
+  if (styleSheet.href &&
+      Services.io.extractScheme(this.styleSheet.href) == "file") {
+    this._styleSheetFilePath = this.styleSheet.href;
+  }
+
   this._onPropertyChange = this._onPropertyChange.bind(this);
   this._onError = this._onError.bind(this);
   this._onMediaRuleMatchesChange = this._onMediaRuleMatchesChange.bind(this);
@@ -658,7 +664,8 @@ StyleSheetEditor.prototype = {
     if (this._friendlyName) {
       defaultName = OS.Path.basename(this._friendlyName);
     }
-    showFilePicker(file, true, this._window, onFile, defaultName);
+    showFilePicker(file || this._styleSheetFilePath, true, this._window,
+                   onFile, defaultName);
   },
 
   /**

devtools/client/styleeditor/test/browser_styleeditor_filesave.js

@@ -1,112 +1,98 @@
-/* Any copyright is dedicated to the Public Domain.
-   http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/ */
-"use strict";
-
-// Test that 'Save' function works.
-
-const TESTCASE_URI_HTML = TEST_BASE_HTTP + "simple.html";
-const TESTCASE_URI_CSS = TEST_BASE_HTTP + "simple.css";
-
-var tempScope = {};
-Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/FileUtils.jsm", tempScope);
-Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/NetUtil.jsm", tempScope);
-var FileUtils = tempScope.FileUtils;
-var NetUtil = tempScope.NetUtil;
-
-add_task(function* () {
-  let htmlFile = yield copy(TESTCASE_URI_HTML, "simple.html");
-  const cssFile = await copy(TESTCASE_URI_CSS, "simple.css");
-  let uri = Services.io.newFileURI(htmlFile);
-  let filePath = uri.resolve("");
-
-  let { ui } = yield openStyleEditorForURL(filePath);
-
-  let editor = ui.editors[0];
-  yield editor.getSourceEditor();
-
-  is(
-    editor.savedFile,
-    null,
-    "savedFile should not be pre-populated from the source file"
-  );
-
-  info("Editing the style sheet.");
-  let dirty = editor.sourceEditor.once("dirty-change");
-  let beginCursor = {line: 0, ch: 0};
-  editor.sourceEditor.replaceText("DIRTY TEXT", beginCursor, beginCursor);
-
-  yield dirty;
-
-  is(editor.sourceEditor.isClean(), false, "Editor is dirty.");
-  ok(editor.summary.classList.contains("unsaved"),
-     "Star icon is present in the corresponding summary.");
-
-  info(
-    "Saving the changes with an explicit file (simulating a user-chosen save location)."
-  );
-  dirty = editor.sourceEditor.once("dirty-change");
-
-  editor.saveToFile(cssFile, function (file) {
-    ok(file, "file should get saved when explicitly passing a file");
-  });
-
-  yield dirty;
-
-  is(editor.sourceEditor.isClean(), true, "Editor is clean.");
-  ok(!editor.summary.classList.contains("unsaved"),
-     "Star icon is not present in the corresponding summary.");
-
-  is(
-    editor.savedFile?.path,
-    cssFile.path,
-    "savedFile should now be set on the editor"
-  );
-});
-
-function copy(srcChromeURL, destFileName) {
-  let deferred = defer();
-  let destFile = FileUtils.getFile("ProfD", [destFileName]);
-  write(read(srcChromeURL), destFile, deferred.resolve);
-
-  return deferred.promise;
-}
-
-function read(srcChromeURL) {
-  let scriptableStream = Cc["@mozilla.org/scriptableinputstream;1"]
-    .getService(Ci.nsIScriptableInputStream);
-
-  let channel = NetUtil.newChannel({
-    uri: srcChromeURL,
-    loadUsingSystemPrincipal: true
-  });
-  let input = channel.open2();
-  scriptableStream.init(input);
-
-  let data = "";
-  while (input.available()) {
-    data = data.concat(scriptableStream.read(input.available()));
-  }
-  scriptableStream.close();
-  input.close();
-
-  return data;
-}
-
-function write(data, file, callback) {
-  let converter = Cc["@mozilla.org/intl/scriptableunicodeconverter"]
-    .createInstance(Ci.nsIScriptableUnicodeConverter);
-
-  converter.charset = "UTF-8";
-
-  let istream = converter.convertToInputStream(data);
-  let ostream = FileUtils.openSafeFileOutputStream(file);
-
-  NetUtil.asyncCopy(istream, ostream, function (status) {
-    if (!Components.isSuccessCode(status)) {
-      info("Couldn't write to " + file.path);
-      return;
-    }
-
-    callback(file);
-  });
-}
+/* Any copyright is dedicated to the Public Domain.
+   http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/ */
+"use strict";
+
+// Test that 'Save' function works.
+
+const TESTCASE_URI_HTML = TEST_BASE_HTTP + "simple.html";
+const TESTCASE_URI_CSS = TEST_BASE_HTTP + "simple.css";
+
+var tempScope = {};
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/FileUtils.jsm", tempScope);
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/NetUtil.jsm", tempScope);
+var FileUtils = tempScope.FileUtils;
+var NetUtil = tempScope.NetUtil;
+
+add_task(function* () {
+  let htmlFile = yield copy(TESTCASE_URI_HTML, "simple.html");
+  yield copy(TESTCASE_URI_CSS, "simple.css");
+  let uri = Services.io.newFileURI(htmlFile);
+  let filePath = uri.resolve("");
+
+  let { ui } = yield openStyleEditorForURL(filePath);
+
+  let editor = ui.editors[0];
+  yield editor.getSourceEditor();
+
+  info("Editing the style sheet.");
+  let dirty = editor.sourceEditor.once("dirty-change");
+  let beginCursor = {line: 0, ch: 0};
+  editor.sourceEditor.replaceText("DIRTY TEXT", beginCursor, beginCursor);
+
+  yield dirty;
+
+  is(editor.sourceEditor.isClean(), false, "Editor is dirty.");
+  ok(editor.summary.classList.contains("unsaved"),
+     "Star icon is present in the corresponding summary.");
+
+  info("Saving the changes.");
+  dirty = editor.sourceEditor.once("dirty-change");
+
+  editor.saveToFile(null, function (file) {
+    ok(file, "file should get saved directly when using a file:// URI");
+  });
+
+  yield dirty;
+
+  is(editor.sourceEditor.isClean(), true, "Editor is clean.");
+  ok(!editor.summary.classList.contains("unsaved"),
+     "Star icon is not present in the corresponding summary.");
+});
+
+function copy(srcChromeURL, destFileName) {
+  let deferred = defer();
+  let destFile = FileUtils.getFile("ProfD", [destFileName]);
+  write(read(srcChromeURL), destFile, deferred.resolve);
+
+  return deferred.promise;
+}
+
+function read(srcChromeURL) {
+  let scriptableStream = Cc["@mozilla.org/scriptableinputstream;1"]
+    .getService(Ci.nsIScriptableInputStream);
+
+  let channel = NetUtil.newChannel({
+    uri: srcChromeURL,
+    loadUsingSystemPrincipal: true
+  });
+  let input = channel.open2();
+  scriptableStream.init(input);
+
+  let data = "";
+  while (input.available()) {
+    data = data.concat(scriptableStream.read(input.available()));
+  }
+  scriptableStream.close();
+  input.close();
+
+  return data;
+}
+
+function write(data, file, callback) {
+  let converter = Cc["@mozilla.org/intl/scriptableunicodeconverter"]
+    .createInstance(Ci.nsIScriptableUnicodeConverter);
+
+  converter.charset = "UTF-8";
+
+  let istream = converter.convertToInputStream(data);
+  let ostream = FileUtils.openSafeFileOutputStream(file);
+
+  NetUtil.asyncCopy(istream, ostream, function (status) {
+    if (!Components.isSuccessCode(status)) {
+      info("Couldn't write to " + file.path);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    callback(file);
+  });
+}

devtools/client/styleeditor/test/browser_styleeditor_sourcemap_watching.js

@@ -28,10 +28,7 @@ add_task(function* () {
   let HTMLFile = yield copy(TESTCASE_URI_HTML, ["sourcemaps.html"]);
   let CSSFile = yield copy(TESTCASE_URI_CSS,
     ["sourcemap-css", "sourcemaps.css"]);
-  const SCSSFile = await copy(TESTCASE_URI_SCSS, [
-    "sourcemap-sass",
-    "sourcemaps.scss",
-  ]);
+  yield copy(TESTCASE_URI_SCSS, ["sourcemap-sass", "sourcemaps.scss"]);
   yield copy(TESTCASE_URI_MAP, ["sourcemap-css", "sourcemaps.css.map"]);
   yield copy(TESTCASE_URI_REG_CSS, ["simple.css"]);
 
@@ -62,7 +59,7 @@ add_task(function* () {
 
   // Edit and save Sass in the editor. This will start off a file-watching
   // process waiting for the CSS file to change.
-  yield editSCSS(SCSSFile, editor);
+  yield editSCSS(editor);
 
   // We can't run Sass or another compiler, so we fake it by just
   // directly changing the CSS file.
@@ -76,12 +73,12 @@ add_task(function* () {
   is(color, "rgb(0, 0, 255)", "div is blue after saving file");
 });
 
-function editSCSS(SCSSFile, editor) {
+function editSCSS(editor) {
   let deferred = defer();
 
   editor.sourceEditor.setText(CSS_TEXT);
 
-  editor.saveToFile(SCSSFile, function (file) {
+  editor.saveToFile(null, function (file) {
     ok(file, "Scss file should be saved");
     deferred.resolve();
   });

devtools/shared/css/color.js

@@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ const SPECIALVALUES = new Set([
   "inherit",
   "transparent",
   "unset",
-  "revert",
-  "revert-layer"
+  "revert"
 ]);
 
 /**

devtools/shared/css/generated/mach_commands.py

@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class MachCommands(MachCommandBase):
         if not os.path.exists(generated_dir):
             generated_dir = mozpath.join(self.topsrcdir, 'platform',
                 'devtools/shared/css/generated')
-        if not os.path.exists(generated_dir):
+        else:
             raise Exception('Directory expected at %s does not exist.' % generated_dir)
         self.generated_dir = generated_dir
 
@@ -75,9 +75,6 @@ class MachCommands(MachCommandBase):
         contents = subprocess.check_output([xpcshell_path, '-g', gre_path,
                                             '-a', browser_path, script_path],
                                            env = sub_env)
-        if not isinstance(contents, str):
-            contents = contents.decode('utf-8')
-
         # Extract just the output between the delimiters as the xpcshell output can
         # have extra output that we don't want.
         contents = contents.split('DEVTOOLS_CSS_DB_DELIMITER')[1]
@@ -91,13 +88,13 @@ class MachCommands(MachCommandBase):
         destination_path = mozpath.join(self.generated_dir,
             'properties-db.js')
 
-        with open(js_template_path, 'r') as handle:
+        with open(js_template_path, 'rb') as handle:
             js_template = handle.read()
 
         preamble = '/* THIS IS AN AUTOGENERATED FILE.  DO NOT EDIT */\n\n'
         contents = string.Template(js_template).substitute(substitutions)
 
-        with open(destination_path, 'w') as destination:
+        with open(destination_path, 'wb') as destination:
             destination.write(preamble + contents)
 
         print(('The database was successfully generated at ' + destination_path))

dom/abort/AbortSignal.h

@@ -31,7 +31,6 @@ public:
     void
     Unfollow();
 
-    /* Should this be WeakRef? */
     RefPtr<AbortSignal> mFollowingSignal;
   };
 

dom/base/DocumentOrShadowRoot.cpp

@@ -5,19 +5,13 @@
 
 #include "DocumentOrShadowRoot.h"
 #include "mozilla/EventStateManager.h"
-#include "mozilla/CSSStyleSheet.h"
-#include "mozilla/ErrorResult.h"
-#include "mozilla/dom/BindingUtils.h"
-#include "mozilla/dom/CSSStyleSheetBinding.h"
 #include "mozilla/dom/StyleSheetList.h"
-#include "mozilla/dom/ToJSValue.h"
 #include "nsDocument.h"
 #include "nsFocusManager.h"
 #include "ShadowRoot.h"
 #include "XULDocument.h"
 #include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
 #include "nsSVGUtils.h"
-#include "jsapi.h"
 
 class nsINode;
 class nsIDocument;
@@ -49,99 +43,6 @@ DocumentOrShadowRoot::EnsureDOMStyleSheets()
   return *mDOMStyleSheets;
 }
 
-void
-DocumentOrShadowRoot::GetAdoptedStyleSheets(
-    JSContext* aCx,
-    JS::MutableHandle<JSObject*> aResult,
-    ErrorResult& aRv) const
-{
-  JS::Rooted<JS::Value> value(aCx);
-  if (!ToJSValue(aCx, mAdoptedStyleSheets, &value)) {
-    aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  MOZ_ASSERT(value.isObject());
-  aResult.set(&value.toObject());
-}
-
-void
-DocumentOrShadowRoot::SetAdoptedStyleSheets(
-    JSContext* aCx,
-    JS::Handle<JSObject*> aSheets,
-    ErrorResult& aRv)
-{
-  bool isArray = false;
-  if (!JS_IsArrayObject(aCx, aSheets, &isArray)) {
-    aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if (!isArray) {
-    aRv.ThrowTypeError<MSG_NOT_SEQUENCE>(
-      NS_LITERAL_STRING("DocumentOrShadowRoot.adoptedStyleSheets"));
-    return;
-  }
-
-  uint32_t length = 0;
-  if (!JS_GetArrayLength(aCx, aSheets, &length)) {
-    aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  nsIDocument* document = AsNode().OwnerDoc();
-  nsTArray<RefPtr<CSSStyleSheet>> newSheets;
-  if (!newSheets.SetCapacity(length, fallible)) {
-    aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  JS::Rooted<JS::Value> value(aCx);
-  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length; ++i) {
-    if (!JS_GetElement(aCx, aSheets, i, &value)) {
-      aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if (!value.isObject()) {
-      aRv.ThrowTypeError<MSG_DOES_NOT_IMPLEMENT_INTERFACE>(
-        NS_LITERAL_STRING("Element of DocumentOrShadowRoot.adoptedStyleSheets"),
-        NS_LITERAL_STRING("CSSStyleSheet"));
-      return;
-    }
-
-    RefPtr<CSSStyleSheet> sheet;
-    nsresult rv = UnwrapObject<prototypes::id::CSSStyleSheet,
-                               CSSStyleSheet>(&value.toObject(), sheet);
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
-      aRv.ThrowTypeError<MSG_DOES_NOT_IMPLEMENT_INTERFACE>(
-        NS_LITERAL_STRING("Element of DocumentOrShadowRoot.adoptedStyleSheets"),
-        NS_LITERAL_STRING("CSSStyleSheet"));
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if (!sheet->IsConstructed() || sheet->ConstructorDocument() != document) {
-      aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_NOT_ALLOWED_ERR);
-      return;
-    }
-
-    newSheets.AppendElement(sheet);
-  }
-
-  nsTArray<RefPtr<CSSStyleSheet>> oldSheets;
-  oldSheets.SwapElements(mAdoptedStyleSheets);
-  mAdoptedStyleSheets.SwapElements(newSheets);
-
-  if (mKind == Kind::Document) {
-    static_cast<nsDocument&>(AsNode()).AdoptedStyleSheetsChanged(oldSheets,
-                                                                 mAdoptedStyleSheets);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  static_cast<ShadowRoot&>(AsNode()).AdoptedStyleSheetsChanged(oldSheets,
-                                                              mAdoptedStyleSheets);
-}
-
 Element*
 DocumentOrShadowRoot::GetElementById(const nsAString& aElementId)
 {

dom/base/DocumentOrShadowRoot.h

@@ -11,14 +11,11 @@
 #include "nsContentListDeclarations.h"
 #include "nsNameSpaceManager.h"
 #include "mozilla/dom/NameSpaceConstants.h"
-#include "js/RootingAPI.h"
 
 class nsContentList;
 class nsINode;
 
 namespace mozilla {
-class CSSStyleSheet;
-class ErrorResult;
 class StyleSheet;
 
 namespace dom {
@@ -86,18 +83,6 @@ public:
 
   StyleSheetList& EnsureDOMStyleSheets();
 
-  void GetAdoptedStyleSheets(JSContext* aCx,
-                             JS::MutableHandle<JSObject*> aResult,
-                             mozilla::ErrorResult& aRv) const;
-  void SetAdoptedStyleSheets(JSContext* aCx,
-                             JS::Handle<JSObject*> aSheets,
-                             mozilla::ErrorResult& aRv);
-
-  const nsTArray<RefPtr<mozilla::CSSStyleSheet>>& AdoptedStyleSheets() const
-  {
-    return mAdoptedStyleSheets;
-  }
-
   Element* GetElementById(const nsAString& aElementId);
 
   /**
@@ -166,7 +151,6 @@ protected:
   Element* GetRetargetedFocusedElement();
 
   nsTArray<RefPtr<mozilla::StyleSheet>> mStyleSheets;
-  nsTArray<RefPtr<mozilla::CSSStyleSheet>> mAdoptedStyleSheets;
   RefPtr<mozilla::dom::StyleSheetList> mDOMStyleSheets;
 
   /*

dom/base/MutableBlobStorage.cpp

@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public:
   {
     MOZ_ASSERT(!NS_IsMainThread());
 
-    int32_t written = mLength < INT32_MAX ? PR_Write(mFD, mData, mLength) : -1;
+    int32_t written = PR_Write(mFD, mData, mLength);
     if (NS_WARN_IF(written < 0 || uint32_t(written) != mLength)) {
       return NS_DispatchToMainThread(
         new ErrorPropagationRunnable(mBlobStorage, NS_ERROR_FAILURE));

dom/base/ShadowRoot.cpp

@@ -18,7 +18,6 @@
 #include "mozilla/dom/StyleSheetList.h"
 #include "nsXBLPrototypeBinding.h"
 #include "mozilla/BasicEvents.h"
-#include "mozilla/CSSStyleSheet.h"
 #include "mozilla/EventDispatcher.h"
 #include "mozilla/StyleSheet.h"
 #include "mozilla/StyleSheetInlines.h"
@@ -31,7 +30,6 @@ NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_CLASS(ShadowRoot)
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_BEGIN_INHERITED(ShadowRoot,
                                                   DocumentFragment)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mDOMStyleSheets)
-  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mAdoptedStyleSheets)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mAssociatedBinding)
   for (auto iter = tmp->mIdentifierMap.ConstIter(); !iter.Done();
        iter.Next()) {
@@ -44,10 +42,6 @@ NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_BEGIN(ShadowRoot)
     tmp->GetHost()->RemoveMutationObserver(tmp);
   }
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mDOMStyleSheets)
-  for (CSSStyleSheet* sheet : tmp->mAdoptedStyleSheets) {
-    sheet->RemoveAdopter(tmp);
-  }
-  tmp->mAdoptedStyleSheets.Clear();
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mAssociatedBinding)
   tmp->mIdentifierMap.Clear();
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_END_INHERITED(DocumentFragment)
@@ -96,11 +90,6 @@ ShadowRoot::~ShadowRoot()
     host->RemoveMutationObserver(this);
   }
 
-  for (CSSStyleSheet* sheet : mAdoptedStyleSheets) {
-    sheet->RemoveAdopter(this);
-  }
-  mAdoptedStyleSheets.Clear();
-
   UnsetFlags(NODE_IS_IN_SHADOW_TREE);
 
   // nsINode destructor expects mSubtreeRoot == this.
@@ -281,20 +270,15 @@ ShadowRoot::InsertSheet(StyleSheet* aSheet,
 
   linkingElement->SetStyleSheet(aSheet); // This sets the ownerNode on the sheet
 
-  MOZ_DIAGNOSTIC_ASSERT(mProtoBinding->SheetCount() ==
-                        DocumentOrShadowRoot::SheetCount() +
-                        mAdoptedStyleSheets.Length());
+  MOZ_DIAGNOSTIC_ASSERT(mProtoBinding->SheetCount() == DocumentOrShadowRoot::SheetCount());
 #ifdef MOZ_DIAGNOSTIC_ASSERT_ENABLED
-  // FIXME(emilio, bug 1425759): For now we keep regular sheets duplicated;
-  // adopted sheets are stored as a suffix on the proto binding only.
+  // FIXME(emilio, bug 1425759): For now we keep them duplicated, the proto
+  // binding will disappear soon (tm).
   {
     size_t i = 0;
     for (RefPtr<StyleSheet>& sheet : mStyleSheets) {
       MOZ_DIAGNOSTIC_ASSERT(sheet.get() == mProtoBinding->StyleSheetAt(i++));
     }
-    for (RefPtr<CSSStyleSheet>& sheet : mAdoptedStyleSheets) {
-      MOZ_DIAGNOSTIC_ASSERT(sheet.get() == mProtoBinding->StyleSheetAt(i++));
-    }
   }
 #endif
 
@@ -303,7 +287,7 @@ ShadowRoot::InsertSheet(StyleSheet* aSheet,
   for (size_t i = 0; i <= SheetCount(); i++) {
     if (i == SheetCount()) {
       AppendStyleSheet(*aSheet);
-      mProtoBinding->InsertStyleSheetAt(i, aSheet);
+      mProtoBinding->AppendStyleSheet(aSheet);
       break;
     }
 
@@ -338,39 +322,6 @@ ShadowRoot::RemoveSheet(StyleSheet* aSheet)
   }
 }
 
-void
-ShadowRoot::AdoptedStyleSheetsChanged(
-    const nsTArray<RefPtr<CSSStyleSheet>>& aOldSheets,
-    const nsTArray<RefPtr<CSSStyleSheet>>& aNewSheets)
-{
-  OwnerDoc()->BeginUpdate(UPDATE_STYLE);
-
-  bool applicableChange = false;
-  for (size_t i = 0; i < aOldSheets.Length(); ++i) {
-    CSSStyleSheet* sheet = aOldSheets[i];
-    if (aOldSheets.IndexOf(sheet) == i) {
-      mProtoBinding->RemoveStyleSheet(sheet);
-    }
-    applicableChange = applicableChange || sheet->IsApplicable();
-    sheet->RemoveAdopter(this);
-  }
-
-  for (size_t i = 0; i < aNewSheets.Length(); ++i) {
-    CSSStyleSheet* sheet = aNewSheets[i];
-    sheet->AddAdopter(this);
-    if (aNewSheets.IndexOf(sheet) == i) {
-      mProtoBinding->AppendStyleSheet(sheet);
-    }
-    applicableChange = applicableChange || sheet->IsApplicable();
-  }
-
-  if (applicableChange) {
-    StyleSheetChanged();
-  }
-
-  OwnerDoc()->EndUpdate(UPDATE_STYLE);
-}
-
 void
 ShadowRoot::AddToIdTable(Element* aElement, nsIAtom* aId)
 {

dom/base/ShadowRoot.h

@@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ class nsXBLPrototypeBinding;
 
 namespace mozilla {
 
-class CSSStyleSheet;
 class EventChainPreVisitor;
 
 namespace dom {
@@ -60,9 +59,6 @@ public:
   // [deprecated] Shadow DOM v0
   void InsertSheet(StyleSheet* aSheet, nsIContent* aLinkingContent);
   void RemoveSheet(StyleSheet* aSheet);
-  void AdoptedStyleSheetsChanged(
-      const nsTArray<RefPtr<mozilla::CSSStyleSheet>>& aOldSheets,
-      const nsTArray<RefPtr<mozilla::CSSStyleSheet>>& aNewSheets);
   StyleSheetList* StyleSheets()
   {
     return &DocumentOrShadowRoot::EnsureDOMStyleSheets();
@@ -177,3 +173,4 @@ protected:
 } // namespace mozilla
 
 #endif // mozilla_dom_shadowroot_h__
+

dom/base/Timeout.cpp

@@ -40,14 +40,12 @@ NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_CLASS(Timeout)
 
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_BEGIN(Timeout)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mWindow)
-  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mTimer)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mPrincipal)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mScriptHandler)
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_END
 
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_BEGIN(Timeout)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mWindow)
-  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mTimer)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mPrincipal)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mScriptHandler)
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_END

dom/base/VisualViewport.cpp

@@ -25,22 +25,6 @@ VisualViewport::~VisualViewport()
 {
 }
 
-NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_CLASS(VisualViewport)
-
-NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_BEGIN_INHERITED(VisualViewport,
-                                                  DOMEventTargetHelper)
-NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_END
-
-NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_BEGIN_INHERITED(VisualViewport,
-                                                DOMEventTargetHelper)
-NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_END
-
-NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN_CYCLE_COLLECTION(VisualViewport)
-NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_INHERITING(DOMEventTargetHelper)
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(VisualViewport, DOMEventTargetHelper)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(VisualViewport, DOMEventTargetHelper)
-
 /* virtual */
 JSObject*
 VisualViewport::WrapObject(JSContext* aCx, JS::Handle<JSObject*> aGivenProto)

dom/base/VisualViewport.h

@@ -21,9 +21,6 @@ class VisualViewport final: public mozilla::DOMEventTargetHelper
 {
 
 public:
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-  NS_DECL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_CLASS_INHERITED(VisualViewport, DOMEventTargetHelper)
-
   explicit VisualViewport(nsPIDOMWindowInner* aWindow);
   explicit VisualViewport(nsIGlobalObject* aGlobal);
 

dom/base/nsAttrValue.h

@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ public:
     }
 
     template<typename T,
-             typename = typename std::enable_if_t<std::is_enum_v<T>>>
+             typename = typename std::enable_if<std::is_enum<T>::value>::type>
     EnumTable(const char* aTag, T aValue)
       : tag(aTag)
       , value(static_cast<int16_t>(aValue))

dom/base/nsContentList.cpp

@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ nsContentList::ContentAppended(nsIDocument* aDocument, nsIContent* aContainer,
       !MayContainRelevantNodes(aContainer) ||
       (!aFirstNewContent->HasChildren() &&
        !aFirstNewContent->GetNextSibling() &&
-       !MatchSelf<MatchSelfMode::Insertion>(aFirstNewContent))) {
+       !MatchSelf(aFirstNewContent))) {
     return;
   }
 
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ nsContentList::ContentAppended(nsIDocument* aDocument, nsIContent* aContainer,
       // The new stuff is somewhere in the middle of our list; check
       // whether we need to invalidate
       for (nsIContent* cur = aFirstNewContent; cur; cur = cur->GetNextSibling()) {
-        if (MatchSelf<MatchSelfMode::Insertion>(cur)) {
+        if (MatchSelf(cur)) {
           // Uh-oh.  We're gonna have to add elements into the middle
           // of our list. That's not worth the effort.
           SetDirty();
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ nsContentList::ContentInserted(nsIDocument *aDocument,
   if (mState != LIST_DIRTY &&
       MayContainRelevantNodes(NODE_FROM(aContainer, aDocument)) &&
       nsContentUtils::IsInSameAnonymousTree(mRootNode, aChild) &&
-      MatchSelf<MatchSelfMode::Insertion>(aChild)) {
+      MatchSelf(aChild)) {
     SetDirty();
   }
 
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ nsContentList::ContentRemoved(nsIDocument *aDocument,
   if (mState != LIST_DIRTY &&
       MayContainRelevantNodes(NODE_FROM(aContainer, aDocument)) &&
       nsContentUtils::IsInSameAnonymousTree(mRootNode, aChild) &&
-      MatchSelf<MatchSelfMode::Removal>(aChild)) {
+      MatchSelf(aChild)) {
     SetDirty();
   }
 
@@ -853,7 +853,6 @@ nsContentList::Match(Element *aElement)
                      ni->Equals(mXMLMatchAtom, mMatchNameSpaceId);
 }
 
-template <nsContentList::MatchSelfMode Mode>
 bool 
 nsContentList::MatchSelf(nsIContent *aContent)
 {
@@ -865,20 +864,8 @@ nsContentList::MatchSelf(nsIContent *aContent)
     return false;
   }
   
-  auto matches = [&](Element* aElement) {
-    if (Match(aElement)) {
-      return true;
-    }
-    if constexpr (Mode == MatchSelfMode::Removal) {
-      return mFunc == nsContentUtils::MatchClassNames &&
-             aElement->IsSVGElement() && aElement->MayHaveClass();
-    }
-    return false;
-  };
-
-  if (matches(aContent->AsElement())) {
+  if (Match(aContent->AsElement()))
     return true;
-  }
 
   if (!mDeep)
     return false;
@@ -886,7 +873,7 @@ nsContentList::MatchSelf(nsIContent *aContent)
   for (nsIContent* cur = aContent->GetFirstChild();
        cur;
        cur = cur->GetNextNode(aContent)) {
-    if (cur->IsElement() && matches(cur->AsElement())) {
+    if (cur->IsElement() && Match(cur->AsElement())) {
       return true;
     }
   }

dom/base/nsContentList.h

@@ -367,15 +367,6 @@ protected:
    * @return whether we match
    */
   bool Match(mozilla::dom::Element *aElement);
-
-  enum class MatchSelfMode : uint8_t {
-    Insertion,
-    // Also accept SVG elements that may have a class. SMIL can change their
-    // class without notification, so they can be in the list without
-    // matching now. Needed when aContent leaves the subtree.
-    Removal,
-  };
-
   /**
    * See if anything in the subtree rooted at aContent, including
    * aContent itself, matches our criterion.
@@ -383,7 +374,6 @@ protected:
    * @param  aContent the root of the subtree to match against
    * @return whether we match something in the tree rooted at aContent
    */
-  template <MatchSelfMode Mode>
   bool MatchSelf(nsIContent *aContent);
 
   /**

dom/base/nsContentUtils.h

@@ -2073,10 +2073,6 @@ public:
                                           aClasses);
   }
 
-  static bool MatchClassNames(mozilla::dom::Element* aElement,
-                              int32_t aNamespaceID,
-                              nsIAtom* aAtom, void* aData);
-
   /**
    * Returns a presshell for this document, if there is one. This will be
    * aDoc's direct presshell if there is one, otherwise we'll look at all
@@ -3016,6 +3012,9 @@ private:
 
   static void DropFragmentParsers();
 
+  static bool MatchClassNames(mozilla::dom::Element* aElement,
+                              int32_t aNamespaceID,
+                              nsIAtom* aAtom, void* aData);
   static void DestroyClassNameArray(void* aData);
   static void* AllocClassMatchingInfo(nsINode* aRootNode,
                                       const nsString* aClasses);

dom/base/nsDOMMutationObserver.h

@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ private:
   // List of nodes referred to by mEntryTable so we can sort them
   // For a specific pseudo element, we use its parent element as the
   // batch target, so they will be put in the same EntryArray.
-  nsTArray<nsCOMPtr<nsINode>> mBatchTargets;
+  nsTArray<nsINode*> mBatchTargets;
 };
 
 inline

dom/base/nsDOMWindowUtils.cpp

@@ -30,11 +30,6 @@
 #ifdef MOZ_FMP4
 #include "MP4Decoder.h"
 #endif
-#if defined(XP_WIN) && defined(MOZ_WMF)
-#include "MediaPrefs.h"
-#include "WMFDecoderModule.h"
-#include "mozilla/gfx/gfxVars.h"
-#endif
 #include "CubebUtils.h"
 
 #include "nsIScrollableFrame.h"
@@ -2365,42 +2360,6 @@ nsDOMWindowUtils::GetSupportsHardwareH264Decoding(JS::MutableHandle<JS::Value> a
   return NS_OK;
 }
 
-NS_IMETHODIMP
-nsDOMWindowUtils::GetSupportsHardwareVP9Decoding(JS::MutableHandle<JS::Value> aPromise)
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> window = do_QueryReferent(mWindow);
-  NS_ENSURE_STATE(window);
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIGlobalObject> parentObject =
-    do_QueryInterface(window->GetCurrentInnerWindow());
-  NS_ENSURE_STATE(parentObject);
-  ErrorResult rv;
-  RefPtr<Promise> promise = Promise::Create(parentObject, rv);
-  if (rv.Failed()) {
-    return rv.StealNSResult();
-  }
-#if defined(XP_WIN) && defined(MOZ_WMF)
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIWidget> widget = GetWidget();
-  LayerManager* layerManager = widget ? widget->GetLayerManager() : nullptr;
-  if (!MediaPrefs::PDMWMFVP9DecoderEnabled()) {
-    promise->MaybeResolve(NS_LITERAL_STRING("No; media.wmf.vp9.enabled is false"));
-  } else if (!gfx::gfxVars::CanUseHardwareVideoDecoding()) {
-    promise->MaybeResolve(NS_LITERAL_STRING("No; hardware video decoding disabled"));
-  } else if (MediaPrefs::PDMWMFVP9MFTEnabled() &&
-             WMFDecoderModule::HasVP9MFT()) {
-    promise->MaybeResolve(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Yes, using MFT"));
-  } else if (layerManager &&
-             WMFDecoderModule::HasVP9DXVA2(layerManager->AsShadowForwarder())) {
-    promise->MaybeResolve(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Yes; using DXVA2"));
-  } else {
-    promise->MaybeResolve(NS_LITERAL_STRING("No; no VP9 hardware decoder available"));
-  }
-#else
-  promise->MaybeResolve(NS_LITERAL_STRING("No; not supported on this platform"));
-#endif
-  aPromise.setObject(*promise->PromiseObj());
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
 NS_IMETHODIMP
 nsDOMWindowUtils::GetCurrentAudioBackend(nsAString& aBackend)
 {

dom/base/nsDocument.cpp

@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@
 #include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
 #include "mozilla/AutoRestore.h"
 #include "mozilla/BinarySearch.h"
-#include "mozilla/CSSStyleSheet.h"
 #include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
 #include "mozilla/EffectSet.h"
 #include "mozilla/IntegerRange.h"
@@ -1403,10 +1402,6 @@ nsDocument::~nsDocument()
   for (StyleSheet* sheet : mStyleSheets) {
     sheet->ClearAssociatedDocument();
   }
-  for (CSSStyleSheet* sheet : mAdoptedStyleSheets) {
-    sheet->RemoveAdopter(this);
-  }
-  mAdoptedStyleSheets.Clear();
   for (auto& sheets : mAdditionalSheets) {
     for (StyleSheet* sheet : sheets) {
     sheet->ClearAssociatedDocument();
@@ -1640,7 +1635,6 @@ NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_BEGIN_INTERNAL(nsDocument)
 
   // Traverse all our nsCOMArrays.
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mStyleSheets)
-  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mAdoptedStyleSheets)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mOnDemandBuiltInUASheets)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mPreloadingImages)
 
@@ -1746,11 +1740,6 @@ NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_BEGIN(nsDocument)
 
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mDOMStyleSheets)
 
-  for (CSSStyleSheet* sheet : tmp->mAdoptedStyleSheets) {
-    sheet->RemoveAdopter(tmp);
-  }
-  tmp->mAdoptedStyleSheets.Clear();
-
   if (tmp->mStyleSheetSetList) {
     tmp->mStyleSheetSetList->Disconnect();
     tmp->mStyleSheetSetList = nullptr;
@@ -2216,12 +2205,6 @@ nsDocument::FillStyleSet(nsStyleSet* aStyleSet)
   AppendSheetsToStyleSet(aStyleSet, mAdditionalSheets[eAuthorSheet],
                          SheetType::Doc);
 
-  for (CSSStyleSheet* sheet : mAdoptedStyleSheets) {
-    if (sheet->IsApplicable()) {
-      aStyleSet->AppendStyleSheet(SheetType::Doc, sheet);
-    }
-  }
-
   mStyleSetFilled = true;
 }
 
@@ -3889,37 +3872,6 @@ nsDocument::RemoveStyleSheetFromStyleSets(StyleSheet* aSheet)
   }
 }
 
-void
-nsDocument::AdoptedStyleSheetsChanged(
-    const nsTArray<RefPtr<CSSStyleSheet>>& aOldSheets,
-    const nsTArray<RefPtr<CSSStyleSheet>>& aNewSheets)
-{
-  BeginUpdate(UPDATE_STYLE);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = GetShell();
-  nsStyleSet* styleSet = shell ? shell->StyleSet() : nullptr;
-
-  for (size_t i = 0; i < aOldSheets.Length(); ++i) {
-    CSSStyleSheet* sheet = aOldSheets[i];
-    if (styleSet && sheet->IsApplicable() &&
-        aOldSheets.IndexOf(sheet) == i) {
-      styleSet->RemoveStyleSheet(SheetType::Doc, sheet);
-    }
-    sheet->RemoveAdopter(this);
-  }
-
-  for (size_t i = 0; i < aNewSheets.Length(); ++i) {
-    CSSStyleSheet* sheet = aNewSheets[i];
-    sheet->AddAdopter(this);
-    if (styleSet && sheet->IsApplicable() &&
-        aNewSheets.IndexOf(sheet) == i) {
-      styleSet->AppendStyleSheet(SheetType::Doc, sheet);
-    }
-  }
-
-  EndUpdate(UPDATE_STYLE);
-}
-
 void
 nsDocument::RemoveStyleSheet(StyleSheet* aSheet)
 {
@@ -4009,18 +3961,6 @@ nsDocument::SetStyleSheetApplicableState(StyleSheet* aSheet,
     } else {
       RemoveStyleSheetFromStyleSets(aSheet);
     }
-  } else if (mAdoptedStyleSheets.IndexOf(aSheet->AsConcrete()) !=
-             mAdoptedStyleSheets.NoIndex) {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = GetShell();
-    if (shell) {
-      if (aApplicable) {
-        shell->StyleSet()->AppendStyleSheet(SheetType::Doc,
-                                            aSheet->AsConcrete());
-      } else {
-        shell->StyleSet()->RemoveStyleSheet(SheetType::Doc,
-                                            aSheet->AsConcrete());
-      }
-    }
   }
 
   // We have to always notify, since this will be called for sheets

dom/base/nsDocument.h

@@ -95,7 +95,6 @@ class nsISecurityConsoleMessage;
 class nsPIBoxObject;
 
 namespace mozilla {
-class CSSStyleSheet;
 class EventChainPreVisitor;
 namespace dom {
 class BoxObject;
@@ -472,9 +471,6 @@ public:
       nsTArray<RefPtr<mozilla::StyleSheet>>& aNewSheets) override;
   virtual void AddStyleSheetToStyleSets(mozilla::StyleSheet* aSheet);
   virtual void RemoveStyleSheetFromStyleSets(mozilla::StyleSheet* aSheet);
-  void AdoptedStyleSheetsChanged(
-      const nsTArray<RefPtr<mozilla::CSSStyleSheet>>& aOldSheets,
-      const nsTArray<RefPtr<mozilla::CSSStyleSheet>>& aNewSheets);
 
   virtual void InsertStyleSheetAt(mozilla::StyleSheet* aSheet,
                                   size_t aIndex) override;

dom/base/nsFocusManager.cpp

@@ -1738,9 +1738,8 @@ nsFocusManager::Blur(nsPIDOMWindowOuter* aWindowToClear,
     if (mActiveWindow)
       window->UpdateCommands(NS_LITERAL_STRING("focus"), nullptr, 0);
 
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> doc = content->GetComposedDoc();
     SendFocusOrBlurEvent(eBlur, presShell,
-                         doc, content, 1,
+                         content->GetComposedDoc(), content, 1,
                          false, false, aContentToFocus);
   }
 

dom/base/nsGkAtomList.h

@@ -444,7 +444,6 @@ GK_ATOM(handheldFriendly, "HandheldFriendly")
 GK_ATOM(handler, "handler")
 GK_ATOM(handlers, "handlers")
 GK_ATOM(HARD, "HARD")
-GK_ATOM(hasSelectorDependency, "has-selector-dependency")
 GK_ATOM(hasSameNode, "has-same-node")
 GK_ATOM(hbox, "hbox")
 GK_ATOM(head, "head")

dom/base/nsGlobalWindow.cpp

@@ -2176,7 +2176,6 @@ NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_BEGIN_INTERNAL(nsGlobalWindow)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mLocation)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mHistory)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mCustomElements)
-  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mVisualViewport)
 
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mLocalStorage)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mSessionStorage)
@@ -2255,7 +2254,6 @@ NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_BEGIN(nsGlobalWindow)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mLocation)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mHistory)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mCustomElements)
-  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mVisualViewport)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mLocalStorage)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mSessionStorage)
   if (tmp->mApplicationCache) {
@@ -6164,6 +6162,7 @@ nsGlobalWindow::CheckSecurityWidthAndHeight(int32_t* aWidth, int32_t* aHeight, b
   // This one is easy. Just ensure the variable is greater than 100;
   if ((aWidth && *aWidth < 100) || (aHeight && *aHeight < 100)) {
     // Check security state for use in determing window dimensions
+
     if (!nsContentUtils::IsCallerChrome()) {
       //sec check failed
       if (aWidth && *aWidth < 100) {
@@ -6174,21 +6173,6 @@ nsGlobalWindow::CheckSecurityWidthAndHeight(int32_t* aWidth, int32_t* aHeight, b
       }
     }
   }
-  
-  // Check for the screen dimensions and keep the size in the range of the
-  // screen size the window is on. We allow twice the screen size because the
-  // size we get for a screen is not always accurate, on Wayland in particular,
-  // and all we need is to keep the size in a reasonable range.
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMScreen> screen = GetScreen();
-  int32_t screenWidth, screenHeight;
-  screen->GetAvailWidth(&screenWidth);
-  screen->GetAvailHeight(&screenHeight);
-  if (aWidth && *aWidth > 2 * screenWidth) {
-    *aWidth = 2 * screenWidth;
-  }
-  if (aHeight && *aHeight > 2 * screenHeight) {
-    *aHeight = 2 * screenHeight;
-  }  
 }
 
 // NOTE: Arguments to this function should have values in device pixels
@@ -8107,10 +8091,8 @@ nsGlobalWindow::ResizeByOuter(int32_t aWidthDif, int32_t aHeightDif,
 
   nsIntSize cssSize(DevToCSSIntPixels(nsIntSize(width, height)));
 
-  // The deltas come from content and can be large enough to overflow a 32-bit
-  // add, so do the arithmetic in 64 bits and keep the result in range.
-  cssSize.width = int32_t(std::clamp<int64_t>(int64_t(cssSize.width) + aWidthDif, 0, INT32_MAX));
-  cssSize.height = int32_t(std::clamp<int64_t>(int64_t(cssSize.height) + aHeightDif, 0, INT32_MAX));
+  cssSize.width += aWidthDif;
+  cssSize.height += aHeightDif;
 
   CheckSecurityWidthAndHeight(&cssSize.width, &cssSize.height, aCallerIsChrome);
 

dom/base/nsIDocumentInlines.h

@@ -46,9 +46,6 @@ nsIDocument::FindDocStyleSheetInsertionPoint(
           break;
         }
       }
-      if (sheet->IsConstructed()) {
-        break;
-      }
       if (sheet == GetFirstAdditionalAuthorSheet()) {
         break;
       }

dom/bindings/ToJSValue.h

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ ToJSValue(JSContext* aCx,
   return true;
 }
 
-// Accept floating point types
+// accept floating point types
 inline bool
 ToJSValue(JSContext* aCx,
           float aArgument,
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ ToJSValue(JSContext* aCx,
   // Make sure we're called in a compartment
   MOZ_ASSERT(JS::CurrentGlobalOrNull(aCx));
 
-  aValue.set(JS_NumberValue(double(aArgument)));
+  aValue.setNumber(aArgument);
   return true;
 }
 

dom/canvas/WebGLTransformFeedback.cpp

@@ -39,44 +39,6 @@ WebGLTransformFeedback::Delete()
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////
 
-// Validation helper for beginning/resuming the TF and computing the
-// vertex capacity.
-bool
-WebGLTransformFeedback::PrepareTransformFeedback() {
-    const auto& prog = mContext->mCurrentProgram;
-    if (!prog ||
-        !prog->IsLinked() ||
-        !prog->LinkInfo()->componentsPerTFVert.size()) {
-        mContext->ErrorInvalidOperation("Current program not valid for transform feedback.");
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    const auto& linkInfo = prog->LinkInfo();
-    const auto& componentsPerTFVert = linkInfo->componentsPerTFVert;
-    
-    mActive_VertCapacity = 0;
-
-    size_t minVertCapacity = SIZE_MAX;
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < componentsPerTFVert.size(); i++) {
-        const auto& indexedBinding = mIndexedBindings[i];
-        const auto& componentsPerVert = componentsPerTFVert[i];
-
-        const auto& buffer = indexedBinding.mBufferBinding;
-        if (!buffer) {
-            mContext->ErrorInvalidOperation("No buffer attached to required transform feedback index %u.",
-                                            (uint32_t)i);
-            return false;
-        }
-
-        const size_t vertCapacity = buffer->ByteLength() / 4 / componentsPerVert;
-        minVertCapacity = std::min(minVertCapacity, vertCapacity);
-    }
-    
-    mActive_VertCapacity = minVertCapacity;
-    
-    return true;
-}
-
 void
 WebGLTransformFeedback::BeginTransformFeedback(GLenum primMode)
 {
@@ -97,10 +59,37 @@ WebGLTransformFeedback::BeginTransformFeedback(GLenum primMode)
         return;
     }
 
-    if (!PrepareTransformFeedback()) {
+    const auto& prog = mContext->mCurrentProgram;
+    if (!prog ||
+        !prog->IsLinked() ||
+        !prog->LinkInfo()->componentsPerTFVert.size())
+    {
+        mContext->ErrorInvalidOperation("%s: Current program not valid for transform"
+                                        " feedback.",
+                                        funcName);
         return;
     }
 
+    const auto& linkInfo = prog->LinkInfo();
+    const auto& componentsPerTFVert = linkInfo->componentsPerTFVert;
+
+    size_t minVertCapacity = SIZE_MAX;
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < componentsPerTFVert.size(); i++) {
+        const auto& indexedBinding = mIndexedBindings[i];
+        const auto& componentsPerVert = componentsPerTFVert[i];
+
+        const auto& buffer = indexedBinding.mBufferBinding;
+        if (!buffer) {
+            mContext->ErrorInvalidOperation("%s: No buffer attached to required transform"
+                                            " feedback index %u.",
+                                            funcName, (uint32_t)i);
+            return;
+        }
+
+        const size_t vertCapacity = buffer->ByteLength() / 4 / componentsPerVert;
+        minVertCapacity = std::min(minVertCapacity, vertCapacity);
+    }
+
     ////
 
     const auto& gl = mContext->gl;
@@ -112,9 +101,10 @@ WebGLTransformFeedback::BeginTransformFeedback(GLenum primMode)
     mIsActive = true;
     MOZ_ASSERT(!mIsPaused);
 
-    mActive_Program = mContext->mCurrentProgram;
+    mActive_Program = prog;
     mActive_PrimMode = primMode;
     mActive_VertPosition = 0;
+    mActive_VertCapacity = minVertCapacity;
 
     ////
 
@@ -183,12 +173,6 @@ WebGLTransformFeedback::ResumeTransformFeedback()
         return;
     }
 
-    // Re-run prepare in case some of the buffers have been modified
-    // while the TF was paused.
-    if (!PrepareTransformFeedback()) {
-        return;
-    }
-
     ////
 
     const auto& gl = mContext->gl;

dom/canvas/WebGLTransformFeedback.h

@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@ public:
     WebGLTransformFeedback(WebGLContext* webgl, GLuint tf);
 private:
     ~WebGLTransformFeedback();
-    bool PrepareTransformFeedback();
 
 public:
     NS_INLINE_DECL_CYCLE_COLLECTING_NATIVE_REFCOUNTING(WebGLTransformFeedback)

dom/events/DataTransfer.cpp

@@ -682,19 +682,16 @@ DataTransfer::SetDataAtInternal(const nsAString& aFormat, nsIVariant* aData,
     return NS_ERROR_DOM_INDEX_SIZE_ERR;
   }
 
-  nsAutoString format;
-  GetRealFormat(aFormat, format);
-
   // Don't allow the custom type to be assigned.
-  if (format.EqualsLiteral(kCustomTypesMime)) {
+  if (aFormat.EqualsLiteral(kCustomTypesMime)) {
     return NS_ERROR_TYPE_ERR;
   }
 
-  if (!PrincipalMaySetData(format, aData, aSubjectPrincipal)) {
+  if (!PrincipalMaySetData(aFormat, aData, aSubjectPrincipal)) {
     return NS_ERROR_DOM_SECURITY_ERR;
   }
 
-  return SetDataWithPrincipal(format, aData, aIndex, aSubjectPrincipal);
+  return SetDataWithPrincipal(aFormat, aData, aIndex, aSubjectPrincipal);
 }
 
 void

dom/fetch/Request.cpp

@@ -29,19 +29,18 @@ using namespace workers;
 
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTING_ADDREF(Request)
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTING_RELEASE(Request)
+
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_CLASS(Request)
 
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_BEGIN(Request)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mOwner)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mHeaders)
-  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mSignal)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_PRESERVED_WRAPPER
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_END
 
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_BEGIN(Request)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mOwner)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mHeaders)
-  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mSignal)
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_END
 
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRACE_BEGIN(Request)

dom/fetch/Response.cpp

@@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ namespace dom {
 
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTING_ADDREF(Response)
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTING_RELEASE(Response)
+
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_CLASS(Response)
 
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_BEGIN(Response)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mOwner)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mHeaders)
-  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mSignal)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mFetchStreamReader)
 
   tmp->mReadableStreamBody = nullptr;
@@ -47,7 +47,6 @@ NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_END
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_BEGIN(Response)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mOwner)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mHeaders)
-  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mSignal)
   NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mFetchStreamReader)
 NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_END
 

dom/html/HTMLImageElement.cpp

@@ -876,12 +876,20 @@ HTMLImageElement::WrapNode(JSContext* aCx, JS::Handle<JSObject*> aGivenProto)
   return HTMLImageElementBinding::Wrap(aCx, this, aGivenProto);
 }
 
+#ifdef DEBUG
+nsIDOMHTMLFormElement*
+HTMLImageElement::GetForm() const
+{
+  return mForm;
+}
+#endif
+
 void
 HTMLImageElement::SetForm(nsIDOMHTMLFormElement* aForm)
 {
   NS_PRECONDITION(aForm, "Don't pass null here");
-  MOZ_ASSERT(!mForm && !HasFlag(ADDED_TO_FORM),
-             "We don't support switching from one non-null form to another.");
+  NS_ASSERTION(!mForm,
+               "We don't support switching from one non-null form to another.");
 
   mForm = static_cast<HTMLFormElement*>(aForm);
 }

dom/html/HTMLImageElement.h

@@ -216,8 +216,9 @@ public:
     SetHTMLAttr(nsGkAtoms::lowsrc, aLowsrc, aError);
   }
 
-  HTMLFormElement* GetForm() const { return mForm; };
-
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  nsIDOMHTMLFormElement* GetForm() const;
+#endif
   void SetForm(nsIDOMHTMLFormElement* aForm);
   void ClearForm(bool aRemoveFromForm);
 

dom/html/HTMLMediaElement.cpp

@@ -1132,7 +1132,6 @@ void HTMLMediaElement::AbortExistingLoads()
 
   RemoveMediaElementFromURITable();
   mLoadingSrc = nullptr;
-  mCORSMode = CORS_NONE;
   mMediaSource = nullptr;
 
   if (mNetworkState == nsIDOMHTMLMediaElement::NETWORK_LOADING ||
@@ -1371,9 +1370,6 @@ void HTMLMediaElement::SelectResource()
   // If we have a 'src' attribute, use that exclusively.
   nsAutoString src;
   if (mSrcAttrStream) {
-    // Media provider objects use local mode, so a previous URL load's CORS
-    // mode does not apply.
-    mCORSMode = CORS_NONE;
     SetupSrcMediaStreamPlayback(mSrcAttrStream);
   } else if (GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::src, src)) {
     nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;

dom/html/HTMLOptionElement.h

@@ -117,6 +117,11 @@ public:
 
   int32_t Index();
 
+protected:
+  virtual ~HTMLOptionElement();
+
+  virtual JSObject* WrapNode(JSContext* aCx, JS::Handle<JSObject*> aGivenProto) override;
+
   /**
    * Get the select content element that contains this option, this
    * intentionally does not return nsresult, all we care about is if
@@ -124,11 +129,6 @@ public:
    */
   HTMLSelectElement* GetSelect();
 
-protected:
-  virtual ~HTMLOptionElement();
-
-  virtual JSObject* WrapNode(JSContext* aCx, JS::Handle<JSObject*> aGivenProto) override;
-
   bool mSelectedChanged;
   bool mIsSelected;
 

dom/html/HTMLSelectElement.cpp

@@ -732,10 +732,10 @@ bool
 HTMLSelectElement::MatchSelectedOptions(Element* aElement,
                                         int32_t /* unused */,
                                         nsIAtom* /* unused */,
-                                        void* aData)
+                                        void* /* unused*/)
 {
   HTMLOptionElement* option = HTMLOptionElement::FromContent(aElement);
-  return option && option->Selected() && option->GetSelect() == static_cast<HTMLSelectElement*>(aData);
+  return option && option->Selected();
 }
 
 nsIHTMLCollection*
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ HTMLSelectElement::SelectedOptions()
 {
   if (!mSelectedOptions) {
     mSelectedOptions = new nsContentList(this, MatchSelectedOptions, nullptr,
-                                         this, /* deep */ true);
+                                         nullptr, /* deep */ true);
   }
   return mSelectedOptions;
 }

dom/html/HTMLSharedElement.cpp

@@ -18,8 +18,6 @@
 #include "nsContentUtils.h"
 #include "nsIContentSecurityPolicy.h"
 #include "nsIURI.h"
-#include "nsNetUtil.h"
-#include "nsIProtocolHandler.h"
 
 NS_IMPL_NS_NEW_HTML_ELEMENT(Shared)
 
@@ -188,8 +186,6 @@ SetBaseURIUsingFirstBaseWithHref(nsIDocument* aDocument, nsIContent* aMustMatch)
         newBaseURI = nullptr;
       }
       if (csp && newBaseURI) {
-        bool isLocalResource = false;
-        rv = NS_URIChainHasFlags(newBaseURI, nsIProtocolHandler::URI_IS_LOCAL_RESOURCE, &isLocalResource);
         // base-uri is only enforced if explicitly defined in the
         // policy - do *not* consult default-src, see:
         // http://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/#directive-default-src
@@ -197,7 +193,7 @@ SetBaseURIUsingFirstBaseWithHref(nsIDocument* aDocument, nsIContent* aMustMatch)
         rv = csp->Permits(newBaseURI, nsIContentSecurityPolicy::BASE_URI_DIRECTIVE,
                           true /* aSpecific */, true /* aSendViolationReports */,
                           &cspPermitsBaseURI);
-        if ((NS_FAILED(rv) || !cspPermitsBaseURI) && !isLocalResource) {
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !cspPermitsBaseURI) {
           newBaseURI = nullptr;
         }
       }

dom/html/nsGenericHTMLElement.cpp

@@ -1487,15 +1487,8 @@ nsGenericHTMLElement::MapImageSizeAttributesInto(const nsMappedAttributes* aAttr
     }
 
     if (w && h && *w != 0 && *h != 0) {
-      nsCSSValue width;
-      width.SetFloatValue(float(*w), eCSSUnit_Number);
-      nsCSSValue height;
-      height.SetFloatValue(float(*h), eCSSUnit_Number);
-      nsCSSValue ratio;
-      ratio.SetPairValue(width, height);
-      nsCSSValue autoValue;
-      autoValue.SetAutoValue();
-      aData->ValueForAspectRatio()->SetPairValue(autoValue, ratio);
+      nsCSSValue* aspect_ratio = aData->ValueForAspectRatio();
+      aspect_ratio->SetFloatValue((float(*w) / float(*h)), eCSSUnit_Number);
     }
   }
 }
@@ -1831,8 +1824,8 @@ void
 nsGenericHTMLFormElement::SetForm(nsIDOMHTMLFormElement* aForm)
 {
   NS_PRECONDITION(aForm, "Don't pass null here");
-  MOZ_ASSERT(!mForm && !HasFlag(ADDED_TO_FORM),
-             "We don't support switching from one non-null form to another.");
+  NS_ASSERTION(!mForm,
+               "We don't support switching from one non-null form to another.");
 
   // keep a *weak* ref to the form here
   mForm = static_cast<HTMLFormElement*>(aForm);

dom/indexedDB/ActorsChild.cpp

@@ -1415,7 +1415,6 @@ BackgroundFactoryRequestChild::BackgroundFactoryRequestChild(
                                                uint64_t aRequestedVersion)
   : BackgroundRequestChildBase(aOpenRequest)
   , mFactory(aFactory)
-  , mDatabaseActor(nullptr)
   , mRequestedVersion(aRequestedVersion)
   , mIsDeleteOp(aIsDeleteOp)
 {
@@ -1440,15 +1439,6 @@ BackgroundFactoryRequestChild::GetOpenDBRequest() const
   return static_cast<IDBOpenDBRequest*>(mRequest.get());
 }
 
-void
-BackgroundFactoryRequestChild::SetDatabaseActor(BackgroundDatabaseChild* aActor)
-{
-  AssertIsOnOwningThread();
-  MOZ_ASSERT(!aActor || !mDatabaseActor);
-
-  mDatabaseActor = aActor;
-}
-
 bool
 BackgroundFactoryRequestChild::HandleResponse(nsresult aResponse)
 {
@@ -1460,11 +1450,6 @@ BackgroundFactoryRequestChild::HandleResponse(nsresult aResponse)
 
   DispatchErrorEvent(mRequest, aResponse);
 
-  if (mDatabaseActor) {
-    mDatabaseActor->ReleaseDOMObject();
-    MOZ_ASSERT(!mDatabaseActor);
-  }
-
   return true;
 }
 
@@ -1483,7 +1468,6 @@ BackgroundFactoryRequestChild::HandleResponse(
   IDBDatabase* database = databaseActor->GetDOMObject();
   if (!database) {
     databaseActor->EnsureDOMObject();
-    MOZ_ASSERT(mDatabaseActor);
 
     database = databaseActor->GetDOMObject();
     MOZ_ASSERT(database);
@@ -1491,8 +1475,6 @@ BackgroundFactoryRequestChild::HandleResponse(
     MOZ_ASSERT(!database->IsClosed());
   }
 
-  MOZ_ASSERT(mDatabaseActor == databaseActor);
-
   if (database->IsClosed()) {
     // If the database was closed already, which is only possible if we fired an
     // "upgradeneeded" event, then we shouldn't fire a "success" event here.
@@ -1505,7 +1487,6 @@ BackgroundFactoryRequestChild::HandleResponse(
   }
 
   databaseActor->ReleaseDOMObject();
-  MOZ_ASSERT(!mDatabaseActor);
 
   return true;
 }
@@ -1526,8 +1507,6 @@ BackgroundFactoryRequestChild::HandleResponse(
 
   DispatchSuccessEvent(&helper, successEvent);
 
-  MOZ_ASSERT(!mDatabaseActor);
-
   return true;
 }
 
@@ -1758,8 +1737,6 @@ BackgroundDatabaseChild::EnsureDOMObject()
 
   mDatabase = mTemporaryStrongDatabase;
   mSpec.forget();
-
-  mOpenRequestActor->SetDatabaseActor(this);
 }
 
 void
@@ -1771,8 +1748,6 @@ BackgroundDatabaseChild::ReleaseDOMObject()
   MOZ_ASSERT(mOpenRequestActor);
   MOZ_ASSERT(mDatabase == mTemporaryStrongDatabase);
 
-  mOpenRequestActor->SetDatabaseActor(nullptr);
-
   mOpenRequestActor = nullptr;
 
   // This may be the final reference to the IDBDatabase object so we may end up

dom/indexedDB/ActorsChild.h

@@ -254,20 +254,6 @@ class BackgroundFactoryRequestChild final
   friend class PermissionRequestParent;
 
   RefPtr<IDBFactory> mFactory;
-
-  // Normally when opening of a database is successful, we receive a database
-  // actor in request response, so we can use it to call ReleaseDOMObject()
-  // which clears temporary strong reference to IDBDatabase.
-  // However, when there's an error, we don't receive a database actor and
-  // IDBRequest::mTransaction is already cleared (must be). So the only way how
-  // to call ReleaseDOMObject() is to have a back-reference to database actor.
-  // This creates a weak ref cycle between
-  // BackgroundFactoryRequestChild (using mDatabaseActor member) and
-  // BackgroundDatabaseChild actor (using mOpenRequestActor member).
-  // mDatabaseActor is set in EnsureDOMObject() and cleared in
-  // ReleaseDOMObject().
-  BackgroundDatabaseChild* mDatabaseActor;
-
   const uint64_t mRequestedVersion;
   const bool mIsDeleteOp;
 
@@ -285,9 +271,6 @@ private:
   // Only destroyed by BackgroundFactoryChild.
   ~BackgroundFactoryRequestChild();
 
-  void
-  SetDatabaseActor(BackgroundDatabaseChild* aActor);
-
   bool
   HandleResponse(nsresult aResponse);
 

dom/indexedDB/KeyPath.cpp

@@ -138,9 +138,7 @@ GetJSValFromKeyPathString(JSContext* aCx,
         // only through getters but we still want to support them for key
         // extraction. So they need to be handled manually.
         Blob* blob;
-        // UNWRAP_OBJECT calls might mutate this.
-        JS::Rooted<JSObject*> blobObj(aCx, obj);
-        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(UNWRAP_OBJECT(Blob, &blobObj, blob))) {
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(UNWRAP_OBJECT(Blob, &obj, blob))) {
           if (token.EqualsLiteral("size")) {
             ErrorResult rv;
             uint64_t size = blob->GetSize(rv);

dom/interfaces/base/nsIDOMWindowUtils.idl

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ interface nsIJSRAIIHelper;
 interface nsIContentPermissionRequest;
 interface nsIObserver;
 
-[scriptable, uuid(16ed093c-84a7-4ca3-84c8-9ad71f8b5d82)]
+[scriptable, uuid(58e97ce9-1d9e-4576-aabf-89480fdeb16d)]
 interface nsIDOMWindowUtils : nsISupports {
 
   /**
@@ -1420,15 +1420,6 @@ interface nsIDOMWindowUtils : nsISupports {
    */
   readonly attribute jsval supportsHardwareH264Decoding;
 
-  /**
-   * Returns a Promise resolved with a string describing whether VP9 hardware
-   * decoding is supported, and if it is, whether it is available through the
-   * Windows MFT or direct DXVA2 path.
-   * Success does not mean that all vp9 video decoding will be done
-   * in hardware.
-   */
-  readonly attribute jsval supportsHardwareVP9Decoding;
-
   /**
    * Returns the current audio backend as a free-form string.
    */

dom/ipc/ContentChild.cpp

@@ -2455,7 +2455,7 @@ ContentChild::RecvUpdateWindow(const uintptr_t& aChildId)
   if (parentInstance) {
   // sync! update call to the plugin instance that forces the
   // plugin to paint its child window.
-  Unused << parentInstance->CallUpdateWindow();
+  parentInstance->CallUpdateWindow();
   }
   return true;
 #else

dom/media/MediaData.cpp

@@ -265,10 +265,6 @@ VideoData::SetVideoDataToImage(PlanarYCbCrImage* aVideoImage,
     return false;
   }
 
-  if (!ValidateBufferAndPicture(aBuffer, aPicture)) {
-    return false;
-  }
-
   PlanarYCbCrData data = ConstructPlanarYCbCrData(aInfo, aBuffer, aPicture);
 
   aVideoImage->SetDelayedConversion(true);

dom/media/MediaInfo.h

@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ public:
   {
   }
 
-  VideoInfo(int32_t aWidth, int32_t aHeight)
+  explicit VideoInfo(int32_t aWidth, int32_t aHeight)
     : VideoInfo(nsIntSize(aWidth, aHeight))
   {
   }
@@ -201,6 +201,7 @@ public:
     , mCodecSpecificConfig(new MediaByteBuffer)
     , mExtraData(new MediaByteBuffer)
     , mRotation(kDegree_0)
+    , mImageRect(nsIntRect(nsIntPoint(), aSize))
   {
   }
 
@@ -262,28 +263,15 @@ public:
 
   nsIntRect ImageRect() const
   {
-    if (!mImageRect) {
+    if (mImageRect.width < 0 || mImageRect.height < 0) {
       return nsIntRect(0, 0, mImage.width, mImage.height);
     }
-    return *mImageRect;
+    return mImageRect;
   }
 
   void SetImageRect(const nsIntRect& aRect)
   {
-    mImageRect = Some(aRect);
-  }
-  void ResetImageRect() {
-    mImageRect.reset();
-  }
-
-  // Adopts an image size decoded from the bitstream. The picture rectangle is
-  // expressed relative to the image size, so a change in size invalidates it
-  // and it is discarded; an unchanged size keeps the existing rectangle.
-  void AdoptImageSize(const gfx::IntSize& aImage) {
-    if (mImage != aImage) {
-      ResetImageRect();
-    }
-    mImage = aImage;
+    mImageRect = aRect;
   }
 
   // Returned the crop rectangle scaled to aWidth/aHeight size relative to
@@ -344,11 +332,9 @@ public:
   uint8_t mBitDepth = 8;
 
 private:
-  friend struct IPC::ParamTraits<VideoInfo>;
-  
   // mImage may be cropped; currently only used with the WebM container.
-  // If unset, no cropping is to occur.
-  Maybe<nsIntRect> mImageRect;
+  // A negative width or height indicate that no cropping is to occur.
+  nsIntRect mImageRect;
 
   // Indicates whether or not frames may contain alpha information.
   bool mAlphaPresent = false;
@@ -381,13 +367,12 @@ public:
   {
   }
 
-  static const uint32_t MIN_RATE = 8000;
   static const uint32_t MAX_RATE = 640000;
 
   bool IsValid() const override
   {
     return mChannels > 0 && mChannels <= MAX_AUDIO_CHANNELS
-           && mRate >= MIN_RATE && mRate <= MAX_RATE;
+           && mRate > 0 && mRate <= MAX_RATE;
   }
 
   AudioInfo* GetAsAudioInfo() override

dom/media/MediaPrefs.h

@@ -117,8 +117,6 @@ private:
   DECL_MEDIA_PREF("media.wmf.enabled",                        PDMWMFEnabled, bool, true);
   DECL_MEDIA_PREF("media.wmf.skip-blacklist",                 PDMWMFSkipBlacklist, bool, false);
   DECL_MEDIA_PREF("media.decoder-doctor.wmf-disabled-is-failure", DecoderDoctorWMFDisabledIsFailure, bool, false);
-  DECL_MEDIA_PREF("media.wmf.vp9.dxva2.enabled",              PDMWMFVP9DXVA2Enabled, bool, true);
-  DECL_MEDIA_PREF("media.wmf.vp9.mft.enabled",                PDMWMFVP9MFTEnabled, bool, true);
   DECL_MEDIA_PREF("media.wmf.vp9.enabled",                    PDMWMFVP9DecoderEnabled, bool, true);
   DECL_MEDIA_PREF("media.wmf.decoder.thread-count",           PDMWMFThreadCount, int32_t, -1);
 #endif

dom/media/VideoUtils.cpp

@@ -179,18 +179,12 @@ IsValidVideoRegion(const nsIntSize& aFrame, const nsIntRect& aPicture,
     aFrame.height <= PlanarYCbCrImage::MAX_DIMENSION &&
     aFrame.width * aFrame.height <= MAX_VIDEO_WIDTH * MAX_VIDEO_HEIGHT &&
     aFrame.width * aFrame.height != 0 &&
-    aPicture.width > 0 &&
     aPicture.width <= PlanarYCbCrImage::MAX_DIMENSION &&
-    aPicture.x >= 0 &&
     aPicture.x < PlanarYCbCrImage::MAX_DIMENSION &&
     aPicture.x + aPicture.width < PlanarYCbCrImage::MAX_DIMENSION &&
-    aPicture.XMost() <= aFrame.width &&
-    aPicture.height > 0 &&
     aPicture.height <= PlanarYCbCrImage::MAX_DIMENSION &&
-    aPicture.y >= 0 &&
     aPicture.y < PlanarYCbCrImage::MAX_DIMENSION &&
     aPicture.y + aPicture.height < PlanarYCbCrImage::MAX_DIMENSION &&
-    aPicture.YMost() <= aFrame.height &&
     aPicture.width * aPicture.height <= MAX_VIDEO_WIDTH * MAX_VIDEO_HEIGHT &&
     aPicture.width * aPicture.height != 0 &&
     aDisplay.width <= PlanarYCbCrImage::MAX_DIMENSION &&

dom/media/ipc/MediaIPCUtils.h

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ namespace IPC {
       WriteParam(aMsg, aParam.mDisplay);
       WriteParam(aMsg, aParam.mStereoMode);
       WriteParam(aMsg, aParam.mImage);
-      WriteParam(aMsg, aParam.mImageRect);
+      WriteParam(aMsg, aParam.ImageRect());
     }
 
     static bool Read(const Message* aMsg, PickleIterator* aIter, paramType* aResult)
@@ -35,7 +35,8 @@ namespace IPC {
           ReadParam(aMsg, aIter, &aResult->mDisplay) &&
           ReadParam(aMsg, aIter, &aResult->mStereoMode) &&
           ReadParam(aMsg, aIter, &aResult->mImage) &&
-          ReadParam(aMsg, aIter, &aResult->mImageRect)) {
+          ReadParam(aMsg, aIter, &imageRect)) {
+        aResult->SetImageRect(imageRect);
         return true;
       }
       return false;

dom/media/mediasource/ContainerParser.cpp

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ private:
     Maybe<size_t> mInitOffset;
     Maybe<size_t> mMediaOffset;
     bool mValid = true;
-    char mLastInvalidBox[5]{};
+    char mLastInvalidBox[5];
   };
 
 public:

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp

@@ -85,12 +85,8 @@ FFmpegDataDecoder<LIBAV_VER>::InitDecoder()
 
   if (mLib->avcodec_open2(mCodecContext, codec, nullptr) < 0) {
     NS_WARNING("Couldn't initialize ffmpeg decoder");
-#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR >= 62
-    mLib->avcodec_free_context(&mCodecContext);
-#else
     mLib->avcodec_close(mCodecContext);
     mLib->av_freep(&mCodecContext);
-#endif
     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
   }
 
@@ -167,15 +163,11 @@ FFmpegDataDecoder<LIBAV_VER>::ProcessShutdown()
   StaticMutexAutoLock mon(sMonitor);
 
   if (mCodecContext) {
-#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR >= 62
-    mLib->avcodec_free_context(&mCodecContext);
-#else
     if (mCodecContext->extradata) {
       mLib->av_freep(&mCodecContext->extradata);
     }
     mLib->avcodec_close(mCodecContext);
     mLib->av_freep(&mCodecContext);
-#endif
     mLib->av_frame_free(&mFrame);
   }
 }

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibWrapper.cpp

@@ -50,14 +50,11 @@ FFmpegLibWrapper::Link()
     AV_FUNC_59 = 1 << 1,
     AV_FUNC_60 = 1 << 2,
     AV_FUNC_61 = 1 << 3,
-    AV_FUNC_62 = 1 << 4,
     AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58 = AV_FUNC_58 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
     AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_59 = AV_FUNC_59 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
     AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_60 = AV_FUNC_60 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
     AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_61 = AV_FUNC_61 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
-    AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_62 = AV_FUNC_62 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
-    AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL =
-      AV_FUNC_58 | AV_FUNC_59 | AV_FUNC_60 | AV_FUNC_61 | AV_FUNC_62,
+    AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL = AV_FUNC_58 | AV_FUNC_59 | AV_FUNC_60 | AV_FUNC_61,
     AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL = AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK
   };
 
@@ -74,9 +71,6 @@ FFmpegLibWrapper::Link()
     case 61:
       version = AV_FUNC_61;
       break;
-    case 62:
-      version = AV_FUNC_62;
-      break;
     default:
       FFMPEG_LOG("Unknown avcodec version: %d", macro);
       Unlink();
@@ -101,8 +95,7 @@ FFmpegLibWrapper::Link()
 
   AV_FUNC(av_lockmgr_register, AV_FUNC_58)
   AV_FUNC(avcodec_alloc_context3, AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL)
-  AV_FUNC(avcodec_free_context, AV_FUNC_62)
-  AV_FUNC(avcodec_close, (AV_FUNC_58 | AV_FUNC_59 | AV_FUNC_60 | AV_FUNC_61))
+  AV_FUNC(avcodec_close, AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL)
   AV_FUNC(avcodec_decode_audio4, AV_FUNC_58)
   AV_FUNC(avcodec_decode_video2, AV_FUNC_58)
   AV_FUNC(avcodec_find_decoder, AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL)
@@ -115,8 +108,8 @@ FFmpegLibWrapper::Link()
   AV_FUNC(av_parser_parse2, AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL)
   AV_FUNC(avcodec_send_packet, AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL)
   AV_FUNC(avcodec_receive_frame, AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL)
-  AV_FUNC(av_packet_alloc, (AV_FUNC_61 | AV_FUNC_62))
-  AV_FUNC(av_packet_free, (AV_FUNC_61 | AV_FUNC_62))
+  AV_FUNC(av_packet_alloc, AV_FUNC_61)
+  AV_FUNC(av_packet_free, AV_FUNC_61)
   AV_FUNC(av_log_set_level, AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL)
   AV_FUNC(av_malloc, AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL)
   AV_FUNC(av_freep, AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL)

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibWrapper.h

@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ struct FFmpegLibWrapper
   unsigned (*avcodec_version)();
   int (*av_lockmgr_register)(int (*cb)(void** mutex, int op));
   AVCodecContext* (*avcodec_alloc_context3)(const AVCodec* codec);
-  void (*avcodec_free_context)(AVCodecContext** avctx);
   int (*avcodec_close)(AVCodecContext* avctx);
   int (*avcodec_decode_audio4)(AVCodecContext* avctx, AVFrame* frame, int* got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket* avpkt);
   int (*avcodec_decode_video2)(AVCodecContext* avctx, AVFrame* picture, int* got_picture_ptr, const AVPacket* avpkt);

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp

@@ -26,13 +26,11 @@ static FFmpegLibWrapper sLibAV;
 
 static const char* sLibs[] = {
 #if defined(XP_DARWIN)
-  "libavcodec.62.dylib",
   "libavcodec.61.dylib",
   "libavcodec.60.dylib",
   "libavcodec.59.dylib",
   "libavcodec.58.dylib",
 #else
-  "libavcodec.so.62",
   "libavcodec.so.61",
   "libavcodec.so.60",
   "libavcodec.so.59",
@@ -106,7 +104,6 @@ FFmpegRuntimeLinker::CreateDecoderModule()
     case 59: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<59>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
     case 60: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<60>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
     case 61: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<61>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
-    case 62: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<62>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
     default: module = nullptr;
   }
   return module.forget();

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegVideoDecoder.cpp

@@ -266,11 +266,8 @@ FFmpegVideoDecoder<LIBAV_VER>::DoDecode(MediaRawData* aSample,
       return MediaResult(NS_ERROR_DOM_MEDIA_DECODE_ERR,
                          RESULT_DETAIL("avcodec_receive_frame error: %d", res));
     }
-    int64_t offset = 0;
-#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62
-    offset = mFrame->pkt_pos;
-#endif
-    MediaResult rv = CreateImage(offset, GetFramePts(mFrame), Duration(mFrame));
+    MediaResult rv = CreateImage(mFrame->pkt_pos, GetFramePts(mFrame),
+                                 Duration(mFrame));
     if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
       return rv;
     }
@@ -351,11 +348,7 @@ FFmpegVideoDecoder<LIBAV_VER>::CreateImage(int64_t aOffset, int64_t aPts,
                                   aPts,
                                   aDuration,
                                   b,
-#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR >= 62
-                                  !!(mFrame->flags & AV_FRAME_FLAG_KEY),
-#else
                                   !!mFrame->key_frame,
-#endif
                                   -1,
                                   mInfo.ScaledImageRect(mFrame->width,
                                                         mFrame->height),

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1

@@ -1,502 +0,0 @@
-                  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-                       Version 2.1, February 1999
-
- Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL.  It also counts
- as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
- the version number 2.1.]
-
-                            Preamble
-
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
-free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
-
-  This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
-specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
-Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.  You
-can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
-this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
-strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
-not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
-you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
-for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
-it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
-it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
-these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
-rights.  These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
-you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
-or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
-you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
-code.  If you link other code with the library, you must provide
-complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
-with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
-it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
-
-  We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
-library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
-permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
-
-  To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
-there is no warranty for the free library.  Also, if the library is
-modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
-that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
-author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
-introduced by others.
-
-  Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
-any free program.  We wish to make sure that a company cannot
-effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
-restrictive license from a patent holder.  Therefore, we insist that
-any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
-consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
-
-  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
-ordinary GNU General Public License.  This license, the GNU Lesser
-General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
-is quite different from the ordinary General Public License.  We use
-this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
-libraries into non-free programs.
-
-  When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
-a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
-combined work, a derivative of the original library.  The ordinary
-General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
-entire combination fits its criteria of freedom.  The Lesser General
-Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
-the library.
-
-  We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
-does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
-Public License.  It also provides other free software developers Less
-of an advantage over competing non-free programs.  These disadvantages
-are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
-libraries.  However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
-special circumstances.
-
-  For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
-encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
-a de-facto standard.  To achieve this, non-free programs must be
-allowed to use the library.  A more frequent case is that a free
-library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries.  In this
-case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
-software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
-
-  In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
-programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
-free software.  For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
-non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
-operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
-system.
-
-  Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
-users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
-linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
-that program using a modified version of the Library.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
-"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
-former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
-be combined with the library in order to run.
-
-                  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
-  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
-program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
-other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
-this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
-Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
-prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
-(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
-
-  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
-which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
-Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
-copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
-portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
-straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
-included without limitation in the term "modification".)
-
-  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
-all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
-interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
-and installation of the library.
-
-  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
-such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
-on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
-writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
-and what the program that uses the Library does.
-
-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
-complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
-you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
-appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
-all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
-Library.
-
-  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
-fee.
-
-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
-
-    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
-    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
-    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
-    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
-    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
-    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
-    in the event an application does not supply such function or
-    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
-    its purpose remains meaningful.
-
-    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
-    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
-    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
-    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
-    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
-    root function must still compute square roots.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
-it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Library.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
-with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
-  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
-License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
-this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
-that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
-instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
-ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
-that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
-these notices.
-
-  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
-that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
-subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
-
-  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
-the Library into a program that is not a library.
-
-  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
-derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
-under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
-it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-medium customarily used for software interchange.
-
-  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
-source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
-distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
-Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
-linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
-work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
-therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
-
-  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
-creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
-contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
-library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
-Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
-
-  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
-that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
-derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
-Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
-linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
-threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
-
-  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
-structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
-functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
-file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
-work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
-Library will still fall under Section 6.)
-
-  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
-distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
-Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
-whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
-
-  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
-link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
-work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
-under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
-modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications.
-
-  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
-Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
-this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
-during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
-copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
-directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
-of these things:
-
-    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
-    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
-    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
-    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
-    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
-    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
-    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
-    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
-    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
-    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
-    to use the modified definitions.)
-
-    b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
-    Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
-    copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
-    rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
-    will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
-    the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
-    interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
-
-    c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
-    least three years, to give the same user the materials
-    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
-    than the cost of performing this distribution.
-
-    d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
-    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
-    specified materials from the same place.
-
-    e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
-    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
-
-  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
-Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
-reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
-the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
-normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
-components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
-which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
-the executable.
-
-  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
-restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
-accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
-use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
-distribute.
-
-  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
-facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
-library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
-the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
-permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
-
-    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
-    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
-    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
-    Sections above.
-
-    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
-    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
-    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-
-  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
-the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
-attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
-distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
-rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
-or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
-terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
-  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Library or works based on it.
-
-  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
-subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
-this License.
-
-  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
-particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
-and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
-an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
-so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
-excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
-written in the body of this License.
-
-  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
-Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
-but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
-"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
-the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
-license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
-the Free Software Foundation.
-
-  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
-write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
-copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
-Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
-decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
-of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-and reuse of software generally.
-
-                            NO WARRANTY
-
-  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
-LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
-RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
-FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
-SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGES.
-
-                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-           How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
-
-  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
-everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
-redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
-ordinary General Public License).
-
-  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
-safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
-"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-    <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-
-    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-    modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-    version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-    Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
-  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
-
-  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-That's all there is to it!

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavcodec/codec.h

@@ -1,367 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * AVCodec public API
- *
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_H
-#define AVCODEC_CODEC_H
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
-#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h"
-#include "libavutil/log.h"
-#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
-#include "libavutil/rational.h"
-#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
-
-#include "libavcodec/codec_id.h"
-#include "libavcodec/version_major.h"
-
-/**
- * @addtogroup lavc_core
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND     (1 <<  0)
-/**
- * Codec uses get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() for allocating buffers and
- * supports custom allocators.
- * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() at all, or
- * use operations that assume the buffer was allocated by
- * avcodec_default_get_buffer2 or avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1                 (1 <<  1)
-/**
- * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to
- * give the complete and correct output.
- *
- * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with
- *       with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode
- *       or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec
- *       unless this flag is set.
- *
- * Decoders:
- * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
- * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer
- * returns frames.
- *
- * Encoders:
- * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the
- * encoder no longer returns data.
- *
- * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this
- *       flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for
- *       each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will
- *       be determined by libavcodec from the input frame.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY               (1 <<  5)
-/**
- * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size.
- * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME    (1 <<  6)
-
-/**
- * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
- * encoders
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL        (1 <<  9)
-/**
- * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF        (1 << 10)
-/**
- * Codec supports frame-level multithreading.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS       (1 << 12)
-/**
- * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS       (1 << 13)
-/**
- * Codec supports changed parameters at any point.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE        (1 << 14)
-/**
- * Codec supports multithreading through a method other than slice- or
- * frame-level multithreading. Typically this marks wrappers around
- * multithreading-capable external libraries.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS       (1 << 15)
-/**
- * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16)
-/**
- * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing.
- * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing.
- * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder,
- * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about
- * the stream.
- * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort
- * choice for probing.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING       (1 << 17)
-
-/**
- * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to
- * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use
- * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE            (1 << 18)
-
-/**
- * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not
- * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the
- * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID              (1 << 19)
-
-/**
- * This encoder can reorder user opaque values from input AVFrames and return
- * them with corresponding output packets.
- * @see AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20)
-
-/**
- * This encoder can be flushed using avcodec_flush_buffers(). If this flag is
- * not set, the encoder must be closed and reopened to ensure that no frames
- * remain pending.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH   (1 << 21)
-
-/**
- * The encoder is able to output reconstructed frame data, i.e. raw frames that
- * would be produced by decoding the encoded bitstream.
- *
- * Reconstructed frame output is enabled by the AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME (1 << 22)
-
-/**
- * AVProfile.
- */
-typedef struct AVProfile {
-    int profile;
-    const char *name; ///< short name for the profile
-} AVProfile;
-
-/**
- * AVCodec.
- */
-typedef struct AVCodec {
-    /**
-     * Name of the codec implementation.
-     * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
-     * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
-     * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective.
-     */
-    const char *name;
-    /**
-     * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name.
-     * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
-     */
-    const char *long_name;
-    enum AVMediaType type;
-    enum AVCodecID id;
-    /**
-     * Codec capabilities.
-     * see AV_CODEC_CAP_*
-     */
-    int capabilities;
-    uint8_t max_lowres;                     ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder
-
-    /**
-     * Deprecated codec capabilities.
-     */
-    attribute_deprecated
-    const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config()
-    attribute_deprecated
-    const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts;     ///< @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config()
-    attribute_deprecated
-    const int *supported_samplerates;       ///< @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config()
-    attribute_deprecated
-    const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config()
-
-    const AVClass *priv_class;              ///< AVClass for the private context
-    const AVProfile *profiles;              ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {AV_PROFILE_UNKNOWN}
-
-    /**
-     * Group name of the codec implementation.
-     * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A
-     * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such
-     * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or
-     * the hardware.
-     * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec.
-     * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases
-     * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "<codec_name>_<wrapper_name>").
-     */
-    const char *wrapper_name;
-
-    /**
-     * Array of supported channel layouts, terminated with a zeroed layout.
-     * @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config()
-     */
-    attribute_deprecated
-    const AVChannelLayout *ch_layouts;
-} AVCodec;
-
-/**
- * Iterate over all registered codecs.
- *
- * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
- *               point to NULL to start the iteration.
- *
- * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is
- *         finished
- */
-const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque);
-
-/**
- * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID.
- *
- * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder
- * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
- */
-const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id);
-
-/**
- * Find a registered decoder with the specified name.
- *
- * @param name name of the requested decoder
- * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
- */
-const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name);
-
-/**
- * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID.
- *
- * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder
- * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
- */
-const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id);
-
-/**
- * Find a registered encoder with the specified name.
- *
- * @param name name of the requested encoder
- * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
- */
-const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name);
-/**
- * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise
- */
-int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec);
-
-/**
- * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise
- */
-int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec);
-
-/**
- * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
- *
- * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile
- * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
- * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
- */
-const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile);
-
-enum {
-    /**
-     * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface.
-     *
-     * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should
-     * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling
-     * avcodec_open2().
-     */
-    AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01,
-    /**
-     * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface.
-     *
-     * When selecting this format for a decoder,
-     * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames
-     * context inside the get_format() callback.  The frames context
-     * must have been created on a device of the specified type.
-     *
-     * When selecting this format for an encoder,
-     * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to the context which
-     * will be used for the input frames before calling avcodec_open2().
-     */
-    AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02,
-    /**
-     * The codec supports this format by some internal method.
-     *
-     * This format can be selected without any additional configuration -
-     * no device or frames context is required.
-     */
-    AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL      = 0x04,
-    /**
-     * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method.
-     *
-     * Additional settings and/or function calls are required.  See the
-     * codec-specific documentation for details.  (Methods requiring
-     * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be
-     * used in preference.)
-     */
-    AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC        = 0x08,
-};
-
-typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig {
-    /**
-     * For decoders, a hardware pixel format which that decoder may be
-     * able to decode to if suitable hardware is available.
-     *
-     * For encoders, a pixel format which the encoder may be able to
-     * accept.  If set to AV_PIX_FMT_NONE, this applies to all pixel
-     * formats supported by the codec.
-     */
-    enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
-    /**
-     * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible
-     * setup methods which can be used with this configuration.
-     */
-    int methods;
-    /**
-     * The device type associated with the configuration.
-     *
-     * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and
-     * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused.
-     */
-    enum AVHWDeviceType device_type;
-} AVCodecHWConfig;
-
-/**
- * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec.
- *
- * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration
- * descriptor; all other values return NULL.  If the codec does not support
- * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL.
- */
-const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index);
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-#endif /* AVCODEC_CODEC_H */

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h

@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Codec descriptors public API
- *
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H
-#define AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H
-
-#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
-
-#include "codec_id.h"
-
-/**
- * @addtogroup lavc_core
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an
- * AVCodecID.
- * @see avcodec_descriptor_get()
- */
-typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor {
-    enum AVCodecID     id;
-    enum AVMediaType type;
-    /**
-     * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and
-     * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric
-     * characters and '_' only.
-     */
-    const char      *name;
-    /**
-     * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL.
-     */
-    const char *long_name;
-    /**
-     * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags.
-     */
-    int             props;
-    /**
-     * MIME type(s) associated with the codec.
-     * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types.
-     * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type.
-     */
-    const char *const *mime_types;
-    /**
-     * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec.
-     * Terminated with AV_PROFILE_UNKNOWN.
-     */
-    const struct AVProfile *profiles;
-} AVCodecDescriptor;
-
-/**
- * Codec uses only intra compression.
- * Video and audio codecs only.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY    (1 << 0)
-/**
- * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only.
- * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless
- * compression modes
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY         (1 << 1)
-/**
- * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS      (1 << 2)
-/**
- * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which
- * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the
- * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding
- * frames.
- *
- * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be
- * equal.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER       (1 << 3)
-
-/**
- * Video codec supports separate coding of fields in interlaced frames.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_PROP_FIELDS        (1 << 4)
-
-/**
- * Video codec contains enhancement information meant to be applied to other
- * existing frames, and can't generate usable image data on its own.
- * A standalone decoder is unlikely to be available for it and should not
- * be expected.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_PROP_ENHANCEMENT   (1 << 5)
-
-/**
- * Subtitle codec is bitmap based
- * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB    (1 << 16)
-/**
- * Subtitle codec is text based.
- * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field.
- */
-#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB      (1 << 17)
-
-/**
- * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists.
- */
-const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id);
-
-/**
- * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec.
- *
- * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
- *
- * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
- */
-const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev);
-
-/**
- * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor
- *         exists.
- */
-const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name);
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavcodec/codec_id.h

@@ -1,693 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Codec IDs
- *
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H
-#define AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H
-
-#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
-#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
-
-#include "version_major.h"
-
-/**
- * @addtogroup lavc_core
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream.
- * The principle is roughly:
- * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams.
- * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams.
- * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation
- * details.
- *
- * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that
- * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI),
- * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs
- *
- * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec
- * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version.
- */
-enum AVCodecID {
-    AV_CODEC_ID_NONE,
-
-    /* video codecs */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding
-    AV_CODEC_ID_H261,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_H263,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RV10,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RV20,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_H263P,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_H263I,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_H264,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VP3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_4XM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SMC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PNG,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PPM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PBM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PGM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PAM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RV30,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RV40,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VC1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AASC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BMP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AVS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_NUV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VP5,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VP6,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_GIF,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DXA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_THP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SGI,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_C93,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PTX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TXD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AMV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VB,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RL2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BFI,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CMV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TGV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TQI,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AURA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_V210X,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TMV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_V210,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DPX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MAD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_R210,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ANM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM,
-#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM
-    AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_YOP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VP8,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_R10K,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_JV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DFA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY,
-#if FF_API_V408_CODECID
-    AV_CODEC_ID_V410,
-#endif
-    AV_CODEC_ID_XWD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_XBM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VP9,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AIC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_G2M,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC,
-#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FIC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_EXR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VP7,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SANM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_HQX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_HAP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DDS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DXV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PGX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AVS3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MSP2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VVC,
-#define AV_CODEC_ID_H266 AV_CODEC_ID_VVC
-    AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_012V,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216,
-#if FF_API_V408_CODECID
-    AV_CODEC_ID_V308,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_V408,
-#endif
-    AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_APNG,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_M101,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_YLC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PSD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_XPM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AV1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SVG,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_GDV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FITS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RASC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AGM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VP4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_IMM5,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MVDV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MVHA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CDTOONS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MV30,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_NOTCHLC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PFM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MOBICLIP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PHOTOCD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_IPU,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ARGO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CRI,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SIMBIOSIS_IMX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SGA_VIDEO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_GEM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VBN,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGXL,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_QOI,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PHM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RADIANCE_HDR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WBMP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MEDIA100,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VQC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PDV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_EVC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RTV1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VMIX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_LEAD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DNXUC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RV60,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGXL_ANIM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_APV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES_RAW,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGXS,
-
-    /* various PCM "codecs" */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000,     ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_S302M,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_SGA,
-
-    /* various ADPCM codecs */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ARGO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SSI,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ZORK,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ALP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MTF,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_CUNNING,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MOFLEX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ACORN,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XMD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_XBOX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SANYO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_HVQM4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_PDA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_N64,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_HVQM2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MAGIX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSXC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CIRCUS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ESCAPE,
-
-    /* AMR */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB,
-
-    /* RealAudio codecs*/
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288,
-
-    /* various DPCM codecs */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DERF_DPCM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WADY_DPCM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CBD2_DPCM,
-
-    /* audio codecs */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AAC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AC3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DTS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format
-    AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_COOK,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TTA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_IMC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MLP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_APE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MP1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CELT,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_G729,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RALF,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_IAC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TAK,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SMV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_4GV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DST,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_APTX,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SBC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ACELP_KELVIN,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MPEGH_3D_AUDIO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SIREN,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_HCA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FASTAUDIO,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MSNSIREN,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DFPWM,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BONK,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MISC4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_APAC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FTR,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WAVARC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_RKA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AC4,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_OSQ,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_QOA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_LC3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_G728,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_AHX,
-
-    /* subtitle codecs */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000,          ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs.
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT,  ///< raw UTF-8 text
-    AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SSA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SRT,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_STL,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PJS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ASS,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TTML,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_IVTV_VBI,
-
-    /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000,           ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs.
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000,
-
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream.
-    AV_CODEC_ID_EPG,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_IDF,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_OTF,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_2038,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_LCEVC,
-    AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_436M_ANC,
-
-
-    AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it
-
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS
-                                * stream (only used by libavformat) */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems
-                                * stream (only used by libavformat) */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000,   ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information.
-    AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket
-    /**
-     * Dummy null video codec, useful mainly for development and debugging.
-     * Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output.
-     */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_VNULL,
-    /**
-     * Dummy null audio codec, useful mainly for development and debugging.
-     * Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output.
-     */
-    AV_CODEC_ID_ANULL,
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the type of the given codec.
- */
-enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
-
-/**
- * Get the name of a codec.
- * @return  a static string identifying the codec; never NULL
- */
-const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id);
-
-/**
- * Return codec bits per sample.
- *
- * @param[in] codec_id the codec
- * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
- */
-int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
-
-/**
- * Return codec bits per sample.
- * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an
- * approximation.
- *
- * @param[in] codec_id the codec
- * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
- */
-int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
-
-/**
- * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
- *
- * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs
- * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
- * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
- *
- * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles
- *       supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this
- *       function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor
- */
-const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile);
-
-/**
- * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format.
- * @param be  endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big,
- *            -1 (or anything else) for native
- * @return  AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE
- */
-enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be);
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavcodec/codec_par.h

@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Codec parameters public API
- *
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H
-#define AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
-#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
-#include "libavutil/rational.h"
-#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
-
-#include "codec_id.h"
-#include "defs.h"
-#include "packet.h"
-
-/**
- * @addtogroup lavc_core
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream.
- *
- * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must
- * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with
- * avcodec_parameters_free().
- */
-typedef struct AVCodecParameters {
-    /**
-     * General type of the encoded data.
-     */
-    enum AVMediaType codec_type;
-    /**
-     * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used).
-     */
-    enum AVCodecID   codec_id;
-    /**
-     * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC).
-     */
-    uint32_t         codec_tag;
-
-    /**
-     * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent.
-     *
-     * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by
-     * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at
-     * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding
-     * bytes zeroed.
-     */
-    uint8_t *extradata;
-    /**
-     * Size of the extradata content in bytes.
-     */
-    int      extradata_size;
-
-    /**
-     * Additional data associated with the entire stream.
-     *
-     * Should be allocated with av_packet_side_data_new() or
-     * av_packet_side_data_add(), and will be freed by avcodec_parameters_free().
-     */
-    AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data;
-
-    /**
-     * Amount of entries in @ref coded_side_data.
-     */
-    int nb_coded_side_data;
-
-    /**
-     * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat.
-     * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat.
-     */
-    int format;
-
-    /**
-     * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second).
-     */
-    int64_t bit_rate;
-
-    /**
-     * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords.
-     *
-     * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of
-     * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in
-     * the actual coded bitstream.
-     *
-     * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM
-     * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample
-     * Can be 0
-     */
-    int bits_per_coded_sample;
-
-    /**
-     * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the
-     * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional
-     * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample
-     * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will
-     * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32.
-     * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"."
-     *
-     * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar
-     * Can be 0
-     */
-    int bits_per_raw_sample;
-
-    /**
-     * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to.
-     */
-    int profile;
-    int level;
-
-    /**
-     * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels.
-     */
-    int width;
-    int height;
-
-    /**
-     * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel
-     * should have when displayed.
-     *
-     * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be
-     * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value).
-     */
-    AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
-
-    /**
-     * Video only. Number of frames per second, for streams with constant frame
-     * durations. Should be set to { 0, 1 } when some frames have differing
-     * durations or if the value is not known.
-     *
-     * @note This field corresponds to values that are stored in codec-level
-     * headers and is typically overridden by container/transport-layer
-     * timestamps, when available. It should thus be used only as a last resort,
-     * when no higher-level timing information is available.
-     */
-    AVRational framerate;
-
-    /**
-     * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video.
-     */
-    enum AVFieldOrder                  field_order;
-
-    /**
-     * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics.
-     */
-    enum AVColorRange                  color_range;
-    enum AVColorPrimaries              color_primaries;
-    enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
-    enum AVColorSpace                  color_space;
-    enum AVChromaLocation              chroma_location;
-
-    /**
-     * Video only. Number of delayed frames.
-     */
-    int video_delay;
-
-    /**
-     * Audio only. The channel layout and number of channels.
-     */
-    AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
-    /**
-     * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second.
-     */
-    int      sample_rate;
-    /**
-     * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some
-     * formats.
-     *
-     * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX.
-     */
-    int      block_align;
-    /**
-     * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static.
-     */
-    int      frame_size;
-
-    /**
-     * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at
-     * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples
-     * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading
-     * padding.
-     */
-    int initial_padding;
-    /**
-     * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
-     * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
-     * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
-     * audio without any trailing padding.
-     */
-    int trailing_padding;
-    /**
-     * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity.
-     */
-    int seek_preroll;
-
-    /**
-     * Video with alpha channel only. Alpha channel handling
-     */
-    enum AVAlphaMode alpha_mode;
-} AVCodecParameters;
-
-/**
- * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values
- * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with
- * avcodec_parameters_free().
- */
-AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void);
-
-/**
- * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and
- * write NULL to the supplied pointer.
- */
-void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par);
-
-/**
- * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and
- * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src.
- *
- * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
- */
-int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src);
-
-/**
- * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works
- * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext.
- */
-int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes);
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavcodec/defs.h

@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-#ifndef AVCODEC_DEFS_H
-#define AVCODEC_DEFS_H
-
-/**
- * @file
- * @ingroup libavc
- * Misc types and constants that do not belong anywhere else.
- */
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/**
- * @ingroup lavc_decoding
- * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding.
- * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read
- * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br>
- * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged
- * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault.
- */
-#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64
-
-/**
- * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or
- * decoded data, depending on the format) and print an error message on mismatch.
- * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the
- * decoder/demuxer returning an error.
- */
-#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK       (1<<0)
-#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM      (1<<1)   ///< detect bitstream specification deviations
-#define AV_EF_BUFFER         (1<<2)   ///< detect improper bitstream length
-#define AV_EF_EXPLODE        (1<<3)   ///< abort decoding on minor error detection
-
-#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR     (1<<15)  ///< ignore errors and continue
-#define AV_EF_CAREFUL        (1<<16)  ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors
-#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT      (1<<17)  ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors
-#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE     (1<<18)  ///< consider things that a sane encoder/muxer should not do as an error
-
-#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT   2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software.
-#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT        1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences.
-#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL        0
-#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL   -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions
-#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things.
-
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_UNKNOWN        -99
-#define AV_PROFILE_RESERVED      -100
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN         0
-#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_LOW          1
-#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_SSR          2
-#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_LTP          3
-#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_HE           4
-#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2       28
-#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_LD          22
-#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_ELD         38
-#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_USAC        41
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW  128
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE   131
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHD         0
-#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB      1
-#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ      2
-#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ      3
-#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX     4
-#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_444     5
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_DTS                20
-#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_ES             30
-#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_96_24          40
-#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA         50
-#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA          60
-#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS        70
-#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA_X        61
-#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA_X_IMAX   62
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_EAC3_DDP_ATMOS         30
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_TRUEHD_ATMOS           30
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_422           0
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH          1
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS            2
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE  3
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN          4
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE        5
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED  (1<<9)  // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_INTRA        (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE             66
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|AV_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED)
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_MAIN                 77
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED             88
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH                 100
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10              110
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA        (110|AV_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH       118
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422             122
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA       (122|AV_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH          128
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444             144
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE  244
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA       (244|AV_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
-#define AV_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444            44
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE   0
-#define AV_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN     1
-#define AV_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX  2
-#define AV_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE                     0
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE            1
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE                       2
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN                       3
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT                      4
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE           5
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION      6
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE     7
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID                     8
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME         9
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE             10
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING           11
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE             12
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO             14
-#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE           15
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0   1
-#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1   2
-#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION  32768
-#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K              3
-#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K              4
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_VP9_0                            0
-#define AV_PROFILE_VP9_1                            1
-#define AV_PROFILE_VP9_2                            2
-#define AV_PROFILE_VP9_3                            3
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN                        1
-#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10                     2
-#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE          3
-#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT                        4
-#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_MULTIVIEW_MAIN              6
-#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_SCC                         9
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10                      1
-#define AV_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10_444                 33
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN                         0
-#define AV_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH                         1
-#define AV_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL                 2
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT            0xc0
-#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1
-#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT         0xc2
-#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS                0xc3
-#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS                         0xf7
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC                         1
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY     0
-#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_LT        1
-#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD  2
-#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ        3
-#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_4444      4
-#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ        5
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_RAW       0
-#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_RAW_HQ    1
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0
-#define AV_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_KLVA_SYNC  0
-#define AV_PROFILE_KLVA_ASYNC 1
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_EVC_BASELINE             0
-#define AV_PROFILE_EVC_MAIN                 1
-
-#define AV_PROFILE_APV_422_10  33
-#define AV_PROFILE_APV_422_12  44
-#define AV_PROFILE_APV_444_10  55
-#define AV_PROFILE_APV_444_12  66
-#define AV_PROFILE_APV_4444_10 77
-#define AV_PROFILE_APV_4444_12 88
-#define AV_PROFILE_APV_400_10  99
-
-
-#define AV_LEVEL_UNKNOWN                  -99
-
-enum AVFieldOrder {
-    AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN,
-    AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE,
-    AV_FIELD_TT,          ///< Top coded_first, top displayed first
-    AV_FIELD_BB,          ///< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first
-    AV_FIELD_TB,          ///< Top coded first, bottom displayed first
-    AV_FIELD_BT,          ///< Bottom coded first, top displayed first
-};
-
-/**
- * @ingroup lavc_decoding
- */
-enum AVDiscard{
-    /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some
-     * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */
-    AVDISCARD_NONE    =-16, ///< discard nothing
-    AVDISCARD_DEFAULT =  0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi
-    AVDISCARD_NONREF  =  8, ///< discard all non reference
-    AVDISCARD_BIDIR   = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames
-    AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames
-    AVDISCARD_NONKEY  = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes
-    AVDISCARD_ALL     = 48, ///< discard all
-};
-
-enum AVAudioServiceType {
-    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN              = 0,
-    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS           = 1,
-    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2,
-    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED  = 3,
-    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE          = 4,
-    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY        = 5,
-    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY         = 6,
-    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER        = 7,
-    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE           = 8,
-    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB                   , ///< Not part of ABI
-};
-
-/**
- * Pan Scan area.
- * This specifies the area which should be displayed.
- * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame.
- */
-typedef struct AVPanScan {
-    /**
-     * id
-     * - encoding: Set by user.
-     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
-     */
-    int id;
-
-    /**
-     * width and height in 1/16 pel
-     * - encoding: Set by user.
-     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
-     */
-    int width;
-    int height;
-
-    /**
-     * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames
-     * - encoding: Set by user.
-     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
-     */
-    int16_t position[3][2];
-} AVPanScan;
-
-/**
- * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It
- * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD
- * parameters for H.264/HEVC.
- */
-typedef struct AVCPBProperties {
-    /**
-     * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
-     * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
-     */
-    int64_t max_bitrate;
-    /**
-     * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
-     * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
-     */
-    int64_t min_bitrate;
-    /**
-     * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
-     * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
-     */
-    int64_t avg_bitrate;
-
-    /**
-     * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits.
-     * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
-     */
-    int64_t buffer_size;
-
-    /**
-     * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with
-     * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz
-     * clock.
-     *
-     * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified.
-     */
-    uint64_t vbv_delay;
-} AVCPBProperties;
-
-/**
- * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default
- * values.
- *
- * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written
- *             here. This is useful for embedding it in side data.
- *
- * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
- */
-AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size);
-
-/**
- * This structure supplies correlation between a packet timestamp and a wall clock
- * production time. The definition follows the Producer Reference Time ('prft')
- * as defined in ISO/IEC 14496-12
- */
-typedef struct AVProducerReferenceTime {
-    /**
-     * A UTC timestamp, in microseconds, since Unix epoch (e.g, av_gettime()).
-     */
-    int64_t wallclock;
-    int flags;
-} AVProducerReferenceTime;
-
-/**
- * RTCP SR (Sender Report) information
- *
- * The received sender report information for an RTSP
- * stream, exposed as AV_PKT_DATA_RTCP_SR side data.
- */
-typedef struct AVRTCPSenderReport {
-    uint32_t ssrc; ///< Synchronization source identifier
-    uint64_t ntp_timestamp; ///< NTP time when the report was sent
-    uint32_t rtp_timestamp; ///< RTP time when the report was sent
-    uint32_t sender_nb_packets; ///< Total number of packets sent
-    uint32_t sender_nb_bytes; ///< Total number of bytes sent (excluding headers or padding)
-} AVRTCPSenderReport;
-
-/**
- * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs.
- *
- * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long
- * @param v size of extradata in bytes
- * @return number of bytes written to the buffer.
- */
-unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v);
-
-#endif // AVCODEC_DEFS_H

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavcodec/packet.h

@@ -1,943 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * AVPacket public API
- *
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-#ifndef AVCODEC_PACKET_H
-#define AVCODEC_PACKET_H
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
-#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
-#include "libavutil/dict.h"
-#include "libavutil/rational.h"
-#include "libavutil/version.h"
-
-#include "libavcodec/version_major.h"
-
-/**
- * @defgroup lavc_packet_side_data AVPacketSideData
- *
- * Types and functions for working with AVPacketSideData.
- * @{
- */
-enum AVPacketSideDataType {
-    /**
-     * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE
-     * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is
-     * present.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE,
-
-    /**
-     * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format
-     * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should
-     * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side
-     * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current
-     * frame or packet.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA,
-
-    /**
-     * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows:
-     * @code
-     * u32le param_flags
-     * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE)
-     *     s32le sample_rate
-     * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS)
-     *     s32le width
-     *     s32le height
-     * @endcode
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE,
-
-    /**
-     * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of
-     * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the
-     * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190).
-     * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks,
-     * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller
-     * than the target payload size.
-     * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows:
-     * @code
-     * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet
-     * u8    current quantizer at the start of the macroblock
-     * u8    GOB number
-     * u16le macroblock address within the GOB
-     * u8    horizontal MV predictor
-     * u8    vertical MV predictor
-     * u8    horizontal MV predictor for block number 3
-     * u8    vertical MV predictor for block number 3
-     * @endcode
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO,
-
-    /**
-     * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains
-     * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
-
-    /**
-     * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
-     * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for
-     * correct presentation.
-     *
-     * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
-
-    /**
-     * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains
-     * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D,
-
-    /**
-     * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds
-     * to enum AVAudioServiceType.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
-
-    /**
-     * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder.
-     * @code
-     * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad).
-     * u8    picture type
-     * u8    error count
-     * u16   reserved
-     * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output
-     * @endcode
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS,
-
-    /**
-     * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index
-     * of a "fallback" track.  A fallback track indicates an alternate
-     * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason.
-     * e.g. no decoder available for codec.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK,
-
-    /**
-     * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES,
-
-    /**
-     * Recommends skipping the specified number of samples
-     * @code
-     * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
-     * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
-     * u8    reason for start skip
-     * u8    reason for end   skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
-     * @endcode
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
-
-    /**
-     * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that
-     * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV
-     * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used.
-     * @code
-     * u8    selected channels (0=main/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both)
-     * @endcode
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO,
-
-    /**
-     * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
-     * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA,
-
-    /**
-     * Subtitle event position
-     * @code
-     * u32le x1
-     * u32le y1
-     * u32le x2
-     * u32le y2
-     * @endcode
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION,
-
-    /**
-     * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is
-     * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data
-     * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed
-     * by data.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL,
-
-    /**
-     * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER,
-
-    /**
-     * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately
-     * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS,
-
-    /**
-     * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
-     * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This
-     * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE,
-
-    /**
-     * MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID
-     * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID,
-
-    /**
-     * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata
-     * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form
-     * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
-
-    /**
-     * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds
-     * to the AVSphericalMapping structure.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL,
-
-    /**
-     * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be
-     * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the
-     * AVContentLightMetadata struct.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
-
-    /**
-     * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with
-     * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data.
-     * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC,
-
-    /**
-     * This side data is encryption initialization data.
-     * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to
-     * access.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO,
-
-    /**
-     * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet.
-     * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO,
-
-    /**
-     * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
-     * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_AFD,
-
-    /**
-     * Producer Reference Time data corresponding to the AVProducerReferenceTime struct,
-     * usually exported by some encoders (on demand through the prft flag set in the
-     * AVCodecContext export_side_data field).
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_PRFT,
-
-    /**
-     * ICC profile data consisting of an opaque octet buffer following the
-     * format described by ISO 15076-1.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
-
-    /**
-     * DOVI configuration
-     * ref:
-     * dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2, section 2.2
-     * dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2, section 3.3
-     * Tags are stored in struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_DOVI_CONF,
-
-    /**
-     * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1:2014. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t
-     * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used.
-     * The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum()
-     * function in libavutil/timecode.h.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
-
-    /**
-     * HDR10+ dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The metadata is in
-     * the form of the AVDynamicHDRPlus struct and contains
-     * information for color volume transform - application 4 of
-     * SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR10_PLUS,
-
-    /**
-     * IAMF Mix Gain Parameter Data associated with the audio frame. This metadata
-     * is in the form of the AVIAMFParamDefinition struct and contains information
-     * defined in sections 3.6.1 and 3.8.1 of the Immersive Audio Model and
-     * Formats standard.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_IAMF_MIX_GAIN_PARAM,
-
-    /**
-     * IAMF Demixing Info Parameter Data associated with the audio frame. This
-     * metadata is in the form of the AVIAMFParamDefinition struct and contains
-     * information defined in sections 3.6.1 and 3.8.2 of the Immersive Audio Model
-     * and Formats standard.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_IAMF_DEMIXING_INFO_PARAM,
-
-    /**
-     * IAMF Recon Gain Info Parameter Data associated with the audio frame. This
-     * metadata is in the form of the AVIAMFParamDefinition struct and contains
-     * information defined in sections 3.6.1 and 3.8.3 of the Immersive Audio Model
-     * and Formats standard.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_IAMF_RECON_GAIN_INFO_PARAM,
-
-    /**
-     * Ambient viewing environment metadata, as defined by H.274. This metadata
-     * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form
-     * of the AVAmbientViewingEnvironment struct.
-    */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT,
-
-    /**
-     * The number of pixels to discard from the top/bottom/left/right border of the
-     * decoded frame to obtain the sub-rectangle intended for presentation.
-     *
-     * @code
-     * u32le crop_top
-     * u32le crop_bottom
-     * u32le crop_left
-     * u32le crop_right
-     * @endcode
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_FRAME_CROPPING,
-
-    /**
-     * Raw LCEVC payload data, as a uint8_t array, with NAL emulation
-     * bytes intact.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_LCEVC,
-
-    /**
-     * This side data contains information about the reference display width(s)
-     * and reference viewing distance(s) as well as information about the
-     * corresponding reference stereo pair(s), i.e., the pair(s) of views to be
-     * displayed for the viewer's left and right eyes on the reference display
-     * at the reference viewing distance.
-     * The payload is the AV3DReferenceDisplaysInfo struct defined in
-     * libavutil/tdrdi.h.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_3D_REFERENCE_DISPLAYS,
-
-    /**
-     * Contains the last received RTCP SR (Sender Report) information
-     * in the form of the AVRTCPSenderReport struct.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_RTCP_SR,
-
-    /**
-     * Extensible image file format metadata. The payload is a buffer containing
-     * EXIF metadata, starting with either 49 49 2a 00, or 4d 4d 00 2a.
-     */
-     AV_PKT_DATA_EXIF,
-
-    /**
-     * The number of side data types.
-     * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may
-     * change when new side data types are added.
-     * This must stay the last enum value.
-     * If its value becomes huge, some code using it
-     * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits.
-     */
-    AV_PKT_DATA_NB
-};
-
-/**
- * This structure stores auxiliary information for decoding, presenting, or
- * otherwise processing the coded stream. It is typically exported by demuxers
- * and encoders and can be fed to decoders and muxers either in a per packet
- * basis, or as global side data (applying to the entire coded stream).
- *
- * Global side data is handled as follows:
- * - During demuxing, it may be exported through
- *   @ref AVCodecParameters.coded_side_data "AVStream's codec parameters", which can
- *   then be passed as input to decoders through the
- *   @ref AVCodecContext.coded_side_data "decoder context's side data", for
- *   initialization.
- * - For muxing, it can be fed through @ref AVCodecParameters.coded_side_data
- *   "AVStream's codec parameters", typically  the output of encoders through
- *   the @ref AVCodecContext.coded_side_data "encoder context's side data", for
- *   initialization.
- *
- * Packet specific side data is handled as follows:
- * - During demuxing, it may be exported through @ref AVPacket.side_data
- *   "AVPacket's side data", which can then be passed as input to decoders.
- * - For muxing, it can be fed through @ref AVPacket.side_data "AVPacket's
- *   side data", typically the output of encoders.
- *
- * Different modules may accept or export different types of side data
- * depending on media type and codec. Refer to @ref AVPacketSideDataType for a
- * list of defined types and where they may be found or used.
- */
-typedef struct AVPacketSideData {
-    uint8_t *data;
-    size_t   size;
-    enum AVPacketSideDataType type;
-} AVPacketSideData;
-
-/**
- * Allocate a new packet side data.
- *
- * @param sd    pointer to an array of side data to which the side data should
- *              be added. *sd may be NULL, in which case the array will be
- *              initialized.
- * @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in
- *              the array. The integer value will be increased by 1 on success.
- * @param type  side data type
- * @param size  desired side data size
- * @param flags currently unused. Must be zero
- *
- * @return pointer to freshly allocated side data on success, or NULL otherwise.
- */
-AVPacketSideData *av_packet_side_data_new(AVPacketSideData **psd, int *pnb_sd,
-                                          enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
-                                          size_t size, int flags);
-
-/**
- * Wrap existing data as packet side data.
- *
- * @param sd    pointer to an array of side data to which the side data should
- *              be added. *sd may be NULL, in which case the array will be
- *              initialized
- * @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in
- *              the array. The integer value will be increased by 1 on success.
- * @param type  side data type
- * @param data  a data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() family
- *              of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to the
- *              side data array on success
- * @param size  size of the data array
- * @param flags currently unused. Must be zero
- *
- * @return pointer to freshly allocated side data on success, or NULL otherwise
- *         On failure, the side data array is unchanged and the data remains
- *         owned by the caller.
- */
-AVPacketSideData *av_packet_side_data_add(AVPacketSideData **sd, int *nb_sd,
-                                          enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
-                                          void *data, size_t size, int flags);
-
-/**
- * Get side information from a side data array.
- *
- * @param sd    the array from which the side data should be fetched
- * @param nb_sd value containing the number of entries in the array.
- * @param type  desired side information type
- *
- * @return pointer to side data if present or NULL otherwise
- */
-const AVPacketSideData *av_packet_side_data_get(const AVPacketSideData *sd,
-                                                int nb_sd,
-                                                enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
-
-/**
- * Remove side data of the given type from a side data array.
- *
- * @param sd    the array from which the side data should be removed
- * @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in
- *              the array. Will be reduced by the amount of entries removed
- *              upon return
- * @param type  side information type
- */
-void av_packet_side_data_remove(AVPacketSideData *sd, int *nb_sd,
-                                enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
-
-/**
- * Convenience function to free all the side data stored in an array, and
- * the array itself.
- *
- * @param sd    pointer to array of side data to free. Will be set to NULL
- *              upon return.
- * @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in
- *              the array. Will be set to 0 upon return.
- */
-void av_packet_side_data_free(AVPacketSideData **sd, int *nb_sd);
-
-struct AVFrameSideData;
-
-/**
- * Add a new packet side data entry to an array based on existing frame
- * side data, if a matching type exists for packet side data.
- *
- * @param flags              Currently unused. Must be 0.
- * @retval >= 0              Success
- * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL)   The frame side data type does not have a matching
- *                           packet side data type.
- * @retval AVERROR(ENOMEM)   Failed to add a side data entry to the array, or
- *                           similar.
- */
-int av_packet_side_data_from_frame(AVPacketSideData **sd, int *nb_sd,
-                                   const struct AVFrameSideData *src, unsigned int flags);
-/**
- * Add a new frame side data entry to an array based on existing packet
- * side data, if a matching type exists for frame side data.
- *
- * @param flags              Some combination of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_* flags,
- *                           or 0.
- * @retval >= 0              Success
- * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL)   The packet side data type does not have a matching
- *                           frame side data type.
- * @retval AVERROR(ENOMEM)   Failed to add a side data entry to the array, or
- *                           similar.
- */
-int av_packet_side_data_to_frame(struct AVFrameSideData ***sd, int *nb_sd,
-                                 const AVPacketSideData *src, unsigned int flags);
-
-const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-/**
- * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket
- *
- * Types and functions for working with AVPacket.
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers
- * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and
- * then passed to muxers.
- *
- * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may
- * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty
- * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data
- * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding).
- *
- * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field.
- * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is
- * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the
- * reference count to 0.
- *
- * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead
- * of increasing the reference count.
- *
- * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by
- * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref().
- *
- * sizeof(AVPacket) being a part of the public ABI is deprecated. once
- * av_init_packet() is removed, new packets will only be able to be allocated
- * with av_packet_alloc(), and new fields may be added to the end of the struct
- * with a minor bump.
- *
- * @see av_packet_alloc
- * @see av_packet_ref
- * @see av_packet_unref
- */
-typedef struct AVPacket {
-    /**
-     * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is
-     * stored.
-     * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted.
-     */
-    AVBufferRef *buf;
-    /**
-     * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
-     * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user.
-     * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
-     * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before
-     * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse
-     * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps
-     * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket.
-     */
-    int64_t pts;
-    /**
-     * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
-     * the packet is decompressed.
-     * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
-     */
-    int64_t dts;
-    uint8_t *data;
-    int   size;
-    int   stream_index;
-    /**
-     * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values
-     */
-    int   flags;
-    /**
-     * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container.
-     * Packet can contain several types of side information.
-     */
-    AVPacketSideData *side_data;
-    int side_data_elems;
-
-    /**
-     * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
-     * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order.
-     */
-    int64_t duration;
-
-    int64_t pos;                            ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown
-
-    /**
-     * for some private data of the user
-     */
-    void *opaque;
-
-    /**
-     * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
-     * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
-     * the packet is unreferenced. av_packet_copy_props() calls create a new
-     * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target packet's opaque_ref field.
-     *
-     * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
-     * purpose.
-     */
-    AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
-
-    /**
-     * Time base of the packet's timestamps.
-     * In the future, this field may be set on packets output by encoders or
-     * demuxers, but its value will be by default ignored on input to decoders
-     * or muxers.
-     */
-    AVRational time_base;
-} AVPacket;
-
-#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET
-attribute_deprecated
-typedef struct AVPacketList {
-    AVPacket pkt;
-    struct AVPacketList *next;
-} AVPacketList;
-#endif
-
-#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY     0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe
-#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted
-/**
- * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid
- * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped
- * after decoding.
- **/
-#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD   0x0004
-/**
- * The packet comes from a trusted source.
- *
- * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data
- * outside the packet may be followed.
- */
-#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED   0x0008
-/**
- * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can
- * be discarded by the decoder.  I.e. Non-reference frames.
- */
-#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010
-
-enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags {
-    AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE    = 0x0004,
-    AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS     = 0x0008,
-};
-
-/**
- * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values.  The resulting
- * struct must be freed using av_packet_free().
- *
- * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure.
- *
- * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those
- * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet.
- *
- * @see av_new_packet
- */
-AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void);
-
-/**
- * Create a new packet that references the same data as src.
- *
- * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref().
- *
- * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see av_packet_alloc
- * @see av_packet_ref
- */
-AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src);
-
-/**
- * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be
- * unreferenced first.
- *
- * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
- * @note passing NULL is a no-op.
- */
-void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt);
-
-#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET
-/**
- * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values.
- *
- * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be
- * initialized separately.
- *
- * @param pkt packet
- *
- * @see av_packet_alloc
- * @see av_packet_unref
- *
- * @deprecated This function is deprecated. Once it's removed,
-               sizeof(AVPacket) will not be a part of the ABI anymore.
- */
-attribute_deprecated
-void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
- * default values.
- *
- * @param pkt packet
- * @param size wanted payload size
- * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
- */
-int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
-
-/**
- * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding
- *
- * @param pkt packet
- * @param size new size
- */
-void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
-
-/**
- * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding
- *
- * @param pkt packet
- * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet
- */
-int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by);
-
-/**
- * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data.
- *
- * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size,
- *        and buf fields, all others are left untouched.
- * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this
- *        function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer.
- *        The caller may not access the data through other means.
- * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
- *        size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
- *
- * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
- */
-int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size);
-
-/**
- * Allocate new information of a packet.
- *
- * @param pkt packet
- * @param type side information type
- * @param size side information size
- * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
- */
-uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
-                                 size_t size);
-
-/**
- * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data.
- *
- * @param pkt packet
- * @param type side information type
- * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
- *             family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
- *             pkt.
- * @param size side information size
- * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on
- *         failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains
- *         owned by the caller.
- */
-int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
-                            uint8_t *data, size_t size);
-
-/**
- * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer
- *
- * @param pkt packet
- * @param type side information type
- * @param size new side information size
- * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
- */
-int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
-                               size_t size);
-
-/**
- * Get side information from packet.
- *
- * @param pkt packet
- * @param type desired side information type
- * @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data
- *             or to zero if the desired side data is not present.
- * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
- */
-uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
-                                 size_t *size);
-
-/**
- * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data.
- *
- * @param dict The dictionary to pack.
- * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data
- * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise
- */
-uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, size_t *size);
-/**
- * Unpack a dictionary from side_data.
- *
- * @param data data from side_data
- * @param size size of the data
- * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary
- * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
- */
-int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, size_t size,
-                                AVDictionary **dict);
-
-/**
- * Convenience function to free all the side data stored.
- * All the other fields stay untouched.
- *
- * @param pkt packet
- */
-void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
-
-/**
- * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet
- *
- * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the
- * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the
- * data from src into it.
- *
- * All the other fields are copied from src.
- *
- * @see av_packet_unref
- *
- * @param dst Destination packet. Will be completely overwritten.
- * @param src Source packet
- *
- * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On error, dst
- *         will be blank (as if returned by av_packet_alloc()).
- */
-int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
-
-/**
- * Wipe the packet.
- *
- * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the
- * remaining packet fields to their default values.
- *
- * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced.
- */
-void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt);
-
-/**
- * Move every field in src to dst and reset src.
- *
- * @see av_packet_unref
- *
- * @param src Source packet, will be reset
- * @param dst Destination packet
- */
-void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src);
-
-/**
- * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst.
- *
- * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields
- * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size)
- *
- * @param dst Destination packet
- * @param src Source packet
- *
- * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure.
- */
-int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
-
-/**
- * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted.
- *
- * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable.
- *       Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose.
- *
- * @see av_packet_ref
- * @see av_packet_make_writable
- *
- * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted.
- *
- * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the
- *         packet is unchanged.
- */
-int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt);
-
-/**
- * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet,
- * avoiding data copy if possible.
- *
- * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable.
- *
- * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the
- *         packet is unchanged.
- */
-int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt);
-
-/**
- * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one
- * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be
- * ignored.
- *
- * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed
- * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are
- *               expressed
- * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be
- *               converted
- */
-void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst);
-
-/**
- * Allocate an AVContainerFifo instance for AVPacket.
- *
- * @param flags currently unused
- */
-struct AVContainerFifo *av_container_fifo_alloc_avpacket(unsigned flags);
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-#endif // AVCODEC_PACKET_H

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavcodec/version.h

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
-#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
-
-/**
- * @file
- * @ingroup libavc
- * Libavcodec version macros.
- */
-
-#include "libavutil/version.h"
-
-#include "version_major.h"
-
-#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR  28
-#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 102
-
-#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT  AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
-                                               LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
-                                               LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
-#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION      AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR,    \
-                                           LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR,    \
-                                           LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
-#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD        LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
-
-#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT        "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
-
-#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavcodec/version_major.h

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H
-#define AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H
-
-/**
- * @file
- * @ingroup libavc
- * Libavcodec version macros.
- */
-
-#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR  62
-
-/**
- * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
- * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
- * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
- *
- * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
- * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
- * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
- */
-
-#define FF_API_INIT_PACKET         (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 63)
-
-#define FF_API_V408_CODECID        (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 63)
-#define FF_API_CODEC_PROPS         (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 63)
-#define FF_API_EXR_GAMMA           (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 63)
-#define FF_API_INTRA_DC_PRECISION  (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 63)
-
-#define FF_API_NVDEC_OLD_PIX_FMTS  (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 63)
-
-#define FF_API_PARSER_PRIVATE      (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 63)
-#define FF_API_PARSER_CODECID      (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 63)
-
-// reminder to remove the OMX encoder on next major bump
-#define FF_CODEC_OMX               (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 63)
-// reminder to remove Sonic Lossy/Lossless encoders on next major bump
-#define FF_CODEC_SONIC_ENC         (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 63)
-// reminder to remove Sonic decoder on next-next major bump
-#define FF_CODEC_SONIC_DEC         (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 63)
-
-#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H */

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavutil/attributes.h

@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
- *
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-/**
- * @file
- * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
- */
-
-#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
-#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
-#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y)  (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
-#else
-#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
-#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y)  0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __has_builtin
-#    define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x)
-#else
-#    define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __has_attribute
-#    define AV_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(x) __has_attribute(x)
-#else
-#    define AV_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(x) 0
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__cplusplus) && \
-    defined(__has_cpp_attribute) && \
-    __cplusplus >= 201103L
-#    define AV_HAS_STD_ATTRIBUTE(x) __has_cpp_attribute(x)
-#elif !defined(__cplusplus) && \
-      defined(__has_c_attribute) && \
-      defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && \
-      __STDC_VERSION__ >= 202311L
-#    define AV_HAS_STD_ATTRIBUTE(x) __has_c_attribute(x)
-#else
-#    define AV_HAS_STD_ATTRIBUTE(x) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef av_always_inline
-#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
-#    define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-#    define av_always_inline __forceinline
-#else
-#    define av_always_inline inline
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef av_extern_inline
-#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
-#    define av_extern_inline extern inline
-#else
-#    define av_extern_inline inline
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if AV_HAS_STD_ATTRIBUTE(nodiscard)
-#    define av_warn_unused_result [[nodiscard]]
-#elif AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4) || defined(__clang__)
-#    define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
-#else
-#    define av_warn_unused_result
-#endif
-
-#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
-#    define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-#    define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
-#else
-#    define av_noinline
-#endif
-
-#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
-#    define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
-#else
-#    define av_pure
-#endif
-
-#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__)
-#    define av_const __attribute__((const))
-#else
-#    define av_const
-#endif
-
-#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__)
-#    define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
-#else
-#    define av_cold
-#endif
-
-#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
-#    define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
-#else
-#    define av_flatten
-#endif
-
-#if AV_HAS_STD_ATTRIBUTE(deprecated)
-#    define attribute_deprecated [[deprecated]]
-#elif AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
-#    define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-#    define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
-#else
-#    define attribute_deprecated
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Disable warnings about deprecated features
- * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
- * scheduled for removal.
- */
-#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
-#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) || defined(__clang__)
-#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
-        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
-        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
-        code \
-        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
-        __pragma(warning(push)) \
-        __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
-        code; \
-        __pragma(warning(pop))
-#else
-#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if AV_HAS_STD_ATTRIBUTE(maybe_unused)
-#    define av_unused [[maybe_unused]]
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
-#    define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
-#else
-#    define av_unused
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
- * away.  This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
- * assembler without the compiler being aware.
- */
-#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
-#    define av_used __attribute__((used))
-#else
-#    define av_used
-#endif
-
-#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__)
-#   define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
-#else
-#   define av_alias
-#endif
-
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
-#    define av_uninit(x) x=x
-#else
-#    define av_uninit(x) x
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
-#    define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
-#else
-#    define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
-#endif
-
-// for __MINGW_PRINTF_FORMAT and __MINGW_SCANF_FORMAT
-#ifdef __MINGW32__
-#    include <stdio.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __MINGW_PRINTF_FORMAT
-#    define AV_PRINTF_FMT __MINGW_PRINTF_FORMAT
-#elif AV_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(format)
-#    define AV_PRINTF_FMT __printf__
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __MINGW_SCANF_FORMAT
-#    define AV_SCANF_FMT __MINGW_SCANF_FORMAT
-#elif AV_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(format)
-#    define AV_SCANF_FMT __scanf__
-#endif
-
-#ifdef AV_PRINTF_FMT
-#    define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((format(AV_PRINTF_FMT, fmtpos, attrpos)))
-#else
-#    define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef AV_SCANF_FMT
-#    define av_scanf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((format(AV_SCANF_FMT, fmtpos, attrpos)))
-#else
-#    define av_scanf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
-#endif
-
-#if AV_HAS_STD_ATTRIBUTE(noreturn)
-#    define av_noreturn [[noreturn]]
-#elif AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__)
-#    define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
-#else
-#    define av_noreturn
-#endif
-
-#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavutil/avconfig.h

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
-#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
-#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
-#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
-#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
-#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavutil/avutil.h

@@ -1,364 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
- *
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
-#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
-
-/**
- * @file
- * @ingroup lavu
- * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
- */
-
-/**
- * @mainpage
- *
- * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
- *
- * This document describes the usage of the different libraries
- * provided by FFmpeg.
- *
- * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
- * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
- * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
- * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
- * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
- * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
- * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
- *
- * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
- *
- * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
- * major, minor and micro version number with the
- * <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
- * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
- * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
- * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
- * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
- * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
- * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
- * unspecified situation.
- *
- * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
- * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
- * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
- * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
- * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
- * not change.
- *
- * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
- * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
- * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
- * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
- * links against.
- *
- * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
- * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
- * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
- * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
- * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
- * version number.
- */
-
-/**
- * @defgroup lavu libavutil
- * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
- *
- * @note
- * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
- * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
- * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
- * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
- * brings in most of the "core" components.
- *
- * @{
- *
- * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
- *
- * @{
- * @}
- *
- * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
- * @{
- *
- * @}
- *
- * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
- *
- * @{
- *
- * @}
- *
- * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
- *
- * @{
- *
- * @}
- *
- * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
- * @{
- *
- * @}
- *
- * @defgroup lavu_video Video related
- *
- * @{
- *
- * @}
- *
- * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
- *
- * @{
- *
- * @}
- *
- * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
- *
- * @{
- *
- * @}
- *
- * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
- *
- * @{
- *
- * @}
- *
- * @defgroup lavu_misc Other
- *
- * @{
- *
- * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
- *
- * @{
- *
- * @}
- *
- * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
- *
- * @{
- *
- * @}
- */
-
-
-/**
- * @addtogroup lavu_ver
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
- */
-unsigned avutil_version(void);
-
-/**
- * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
- * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
- * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
- */
-const char *av_version_info(void);
-
-/**
- * Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
- */
-const char *avutil_configuration(void);
-
-/**
- * Return the libavutil license.
- */
-const char *avutil_license(void);
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-/**
- * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
- * @brief Media Type
- */
-
-enum AVMediaType {
-    AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1,  ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
-    AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
-    AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
-    AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA,          ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
-    AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
-    AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT,    ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
-    AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
-};
-
-/**
- * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
- * is unknown.
- */
-const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
-
-/**
- * @defgroup lavu_const Constants
- * @{
- *
- * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
- *
- * @note those definition should move to avcodec
- * @{
- */
-
-#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
-#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
-#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
-#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
-
-#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
-
-/**
- * @}
- * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
- *
- * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * @brief Undefined timestamp value
- *
- * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
- * either pts or dts.
- */
-
-#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE          ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
-
-/**
- * Internal time base represented as integer
- */
-
-#define AV_TIME_BASE            1000000
-
-/**
- * Internal time base represented as fractional value
- */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-/* ISO C++ forbids compound-literals. */
-#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q          av_make_q(1, AV_TIME_BASE)
-#else
-#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q          (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @}
- * @}
- * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
- *
- * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-enum AVPictureType {
-    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
-    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I,     ///< Intra
-    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P,     ///< Predicted
-    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B,     ///< Bi-dir predicted
-    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S,     ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
-    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI,    ///< Switching Intra
-    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP,    ///< Switching Predicted
-    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI,    ///< BI type
-};
-
-/**
- * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
- * pict_type.
- *
- * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
- * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
- */
-char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-#include "common.h"
-#include "rational.h"
-#include "version.h"
-#include "macros.h"
-#include "mathematics.h"
-#include "log.h"
-#include "pixfmt.h"
-
-/**
- * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
- */
-static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
-{
-    return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
-}
-
-#if FF_API_OPT_INT_LIST
-/**
- * Compute the length of an integer list.
- *
- * @param elsize  size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
- * @param term    list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
- * @param list    pointer to the list
- * @return  length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
- */
-attribute_deprecated
-unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
-                                     const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure;
-
-/**
- * Compute the length of an integer list.
- *
- * @param term  list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
- * @param list  pointer to the list
- * @return  length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
- */
-#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
-    av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
- */
-AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
-
-#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
-
-#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
-
-/**
- * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
- * code) representation.
- *
- * @param buf    a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
- * @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
- * @return the buffer in input
- */
-char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc);
-
-/**
- * @}
- * @}
- */
-
-#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavutil/buffer.h

@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-/**
- * @file
- * @ingroup lavu_buffer
- * refcounted data buffer API
- */
-
-#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
-#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/**
- * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
- * @ingroup lavu_data
- *
- * @{
- * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
- *
- * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
- * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
- * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
- * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
- * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
- * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
- * caller directly.
- *
- * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
- * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
- * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
- * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
- * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
- * data once all the references are freed).
- *
- * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
- * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
- * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
- * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
- * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
- * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
- * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
- * control.
- *
- * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
- * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
- * additional locking.
- *
- * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
- * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
- */
-
-/**
- * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
- * references (AVBufferRef).
- */
-typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
-
-/**
- * A reference to a data buffer.
- *
- * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
- * to be allocated directly.
- */
-typedef struct AVBufferRef {
-    AVBuffer *buffer;
-
-    /**
-     * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
-     * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
-     * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
-     */
-    uint8_t *data;
-    /**
-     * Size of data in bytes.
-     */
-    size_t   size;
-} AVBufferRef;
-
-/**
- * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
- *
- * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
- */
-AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(size_t size);
-
-/**
- * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
- * to zero.
- */
-AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(size_t size);
-
-/**
- * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
- * reference.
- */
-#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
-
-/**
- * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
- *
- * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
- * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
- * it.
- * If this function fails, data is left untouched.
- * @param data   data array
- * @param size   size of data in bytes
- * @param free   a callback for freeing this buffer's data
- * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
- * @param flags  a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
- *
- * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
- */
-AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, size_t size,
-                              void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
-                              void *opaque, int flags);
-
-/**
- * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
- * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
- * directly.
- */
-void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
-
-/**
- * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
- *
- * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
- * failure.
- */
-AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef *buf);
-
-/**
- * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
- * references to it.
- *
- * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
- */
-void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
-
-/**
- * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
- * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
- * Return 0 otherwise.
- * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
- */
-int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
-
-/**
- * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
- */
-void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
-
-int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
-
-/**
- * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
- * if possible.
- *
- * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
- *            untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
- *            written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
- * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
- */
-int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
-
-/**
- * Reallocate a given buffer.
- *
- * @param buf  a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
- *             unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
- *             written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
- *             may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
- * @param size required new buffer size.
- * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
- *
- * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
- * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
- * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
- * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
- */
-int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, size_t size);
-
-/**
- * Ensure dst refers to the same data as src.
- *
- * When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst
- * and replace it with a new reference to src.
- *
- * @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success,
- *            this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On
- *            failure, dst will be left untouched.
- * @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this
- *            function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst).
- * @return 0 on success
- *         AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure.
- */
-int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef **dst, const AVBufferRef *src);
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-/**
- * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
- * @ingroup lavu_data
- *
- * @{
- * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
- *
- * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
- * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
- * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
- * frames).
- *
- * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
- * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
- * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
- * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
- * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
- * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
- * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
- *
- * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
- * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
- * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
- *
- * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
- * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
- * thread-safe.
- */
-
-/**
- * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
- * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
- * av_buffer_pool_uninit().
- */
-typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
-
-/**
- * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
- *
- * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
- * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
- * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
- * (av_buffer_alloc()).
- * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
- */
-AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size));
-
-/**
- * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
- *
- * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
- * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
- * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
- *              pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be
- *              used (av_buffer_alloc()).
- * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
- *                  is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
- *                  by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
- *                  and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
- *                  data. May be NULL.
- * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
- */
-AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void *opaque,
-                                   AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, size_t size),
-                                   void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
-
-/**
- * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
- * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
- * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
- * in use.
- *
- * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
- */
-void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
-
-/**
- * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
- * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
- *
- * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
- */
-AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
-
-/**
- * Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool.
- *
- * @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get.
- * @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the
- *         buffer pool.
- *
- * @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation,
- * therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque
- * parameter of an allocated buffer.
- */
-void *av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *ref);
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h

@@ -1,762 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
- * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
- *
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
-#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "version.h"
-#include "attributes.h"
-
-/**
- * @file
- * @ingroup lavu_audio_channels
- * Public libavutil channel layout APIs header.
- */
-
-
-/**
- * @defgroup lavu_audio_channels Audio channels
- * @ingroup lavu_audio
- *
- * Audio channel layout utility functions
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-enum AVChannel {
-    /// Invalid channel index
-    AV_CHAN_NONE = -1,
-    AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT,
-    AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT,
-    AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER,
-    AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY,
-    AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT,
-    AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT,
-    AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER,
-    AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER,
-    AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER,
-    AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT,
-    AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT,
-    AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER,
-    AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT,
-    AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER,
-    AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT,
-    AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT,
-    AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER,
-    AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT,
-    /** Stereo downmix. */
-    AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT = 29,
-    /** See above. */
-    AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT,
-    AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT,
-    AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT,
-    AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT,
-    AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT,
-    AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2,
-    AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT,
-    AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT,
-    AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER,
-    AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT,
-    AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT,
-    AV_CHAN_SIDE_SURROUND_LEFT,     ///<  +90 degrees, Lss, SiL
-    AV_CHAN_SIDE_SURROUND_RIGHT,    ///<  -90 degrees, Rss, SiR
-    AV_CHAN_TOP_SURROUND_LEFT,      ///< +110 degrees, Lvs, TpLS
-    AV_CHAN_TOP_SURROUND_RIGHT,     ///< -110 degrees, Rvs, TpRS
-
-    AV_CHAN_BINAURAL_LEFT = 61,
-    AV_CHAN_BINAURAL_RIGHT,
-
-    /** Channel is empty can be safely skipped. */
-    AV_CHAN_UNUSED = 0x200,
-
-    /** Channel contains data, but its position is unknown. */
-    AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN = 0x300,
-
-    /**
-     * Range of channels between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
-     * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END represent Ambisonic components using the ACN system.
-     *
-     * Given a channel id `<i>` between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
-     * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel `<n>` is
-     * `<n> = <i> - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE`.
-     *
-     * @note these values are only used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM channel
-     * orderings, the AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC ordering orders the channels
-     * implicitly by their position in the stream.
-     */
-    AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE = 0x400,
-    // leave space for 1024 ids, which correspond to maximum order-32 harmonics,
-    // which should be enough for the foreseeable use cases
-    AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END  = 0x7ff,
-};
-
-enum AVChannelOrder {
-    /**
-     * Only the channel count is specified, without any further information
-     * about the channel order.
-     */
-    AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC,
-    /**
-     * The native channel order, i.e. the channels are in the same order in
-     * which they are defined in the AVChannel enum. This supports up to 63
-     * different channels.
-     */
-    AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE,
-    /**
-     * The channel order does not correspond to any other predefined order and
-     * is stored as an explicit map. For example, this could be used to support
-     * layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_UNUSED)
-     * channels at arbitrary positions.
-     */
-    AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM,
-    /**
-     * The audio is represented as the decomposition of the sound field into
-     * spherical harmonics. Each channel corresponds to a single expansion
-     * component. Channels are ordered according to ACN (Ambisonic Channel
-     * Number).
-     *
-     * The channel with the index n in the stream contains the spherical
-     * harmonic of degree l and order m given by
-     * @code{.unparsed}
-     *   l   = floor(sqrt(n)),
-     *   m   = n - l * (l + 1).
-     * @endcode
-     *
-     * Conversely given a spherical harmonic of degree l and order m, the
-     * corresponding channel index n is given by
-     * @code{.unparsed}
-     *   n = l * (l + 1) + m.
-     * @endcode
-     *
-     * Normalization is assumed to be SN3D (Schmidt Semi-Normalization)
-     * as defined in AmbiX format $ 2.1.
-     */
-    AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC,
-    /**
-     * Number of channel orders, not part of ABI/API
-     */
-    FF_CHANNEL_ORDER_NB
-};
-
-
-/**
- * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
- *
- * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
- * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
- * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
- * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
- * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
- * dual-mono.
- *
- * @{
- */
-#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT             (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT           )
-#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT            (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT          )
-#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER           (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER         )
-#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY          (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY        )
-#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT              (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT            )
-#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT             (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT           )
-#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER   (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER )
-#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER  (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER            (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER          )
-#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT              (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT            )
-#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT             (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT           )
-#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER             (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER           )
-#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT         (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT       )
-#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER       (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER     )
-#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT        (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT      )
-#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT          (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT        )
-#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER        (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER      )
-#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT         (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT       )
-#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT            (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT          )
-#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT           (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT         )
-#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT              (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT            )
-#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT             (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT           )
-#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT   (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT )
-#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT  (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2        (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2      )
-#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT          (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT        )
-#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT         (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT       )
-#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER    (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER  )
-#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT      (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT    )
-#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT     (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT   )
-#define AV_CH_SIDE_SURROUND_LEFT     (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_SURROUND_LEFT   )
-#define AV_CH_SIDE_SURROUND_RIGHT    (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_SURROUND_RIGHT  )
-#define AV_CH_TOP_SURROUND_LEFT      (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SURROUND_LEFT    )
-#define AV_CH_TOP_SURROUND_RIGHT     (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SURROUND_RIGHT   )
-#define AV_CH_BINAURAL_LEFT          (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BINAURAL_LEFT        )
-#define AV_CH_BINAURAL_RIGHT         (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BINAURAL_RIGHT       )
-
-/**
- * @}
- * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
- * @{
- * */
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO              (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO            (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1               (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND          (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2               (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD              (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL         (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1POINT2     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL         (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE              (AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT4_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT2POINT3     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT4_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT6     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT4_BACK|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_BINAURAL          (AV_CH_BINAURAL_LEFT|AV_CH_BINAURAL_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX    (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2          (AV_CH_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT6|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT)
-
-#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK
-
-enum AVMatrixEncoding {
-    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
-    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
-    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
-    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
-    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
-    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
-    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
-    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
-};
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-/**
- * An AVChannelCustom defines a single channel within a custom order layout
- *
- * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelCustom) is a part of the
- * public ABI.
- *
- * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump.
- */
-typedef struct AVChannelCustom {
-    enum AVChannel id;
-    char name[16];
-    void *opaque;
-} AVChannelCustom;
-
-/**
- * An AVChannelLayout holds information about the channel layout of audio data.
- *
- * A channel layout here is defined as a set of channels ordered in a specific
- * way (unless the channel order is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, in which case an
- * AVChannelLayout carries only the channel count).
- * All orders may be treated as if they were AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC by
- * ignoring everything but the channel count, as long as av_channel_layout_check()
- * considers they are valid.
- *
- * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the
- * public ABI and may be used by the caller. E.g. it may be allocated on stack
- * or embedded in caller-defined structs.
- *
- * AVChannelLayout can be initialized as follows:
- * - default initialization with {0}, followed by setting all used fields
- *   correctly;
- * - by assigning one of the predefined AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_* initializers;
- * - with a constructor function, such as av_channel_layout_default(),
- *   av_channel_layout_from_mask() or av_channel_layout_from_string().
- *
- * The channel layout must be uninitialized with av_channel_layout_uninit()
- *
- * Copying an AVChannelLayout via assigning is forbidden,
- * av_channel_layout_copy() must be used instead (and its return value should
- * be checked)
- *
- * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump, except for
- * new elements of the union fitting in sizeof(uint64_t).
- */
-typedef struct AVChannelLayout {
-    /**
-     * Channel order used in this layout.
-     * This is a mandatory field.
-     */
-    enum AVChannelOrder order;
-
-    /**
-     * Number of channels in this layout. Mandatory field.
-     */
-    int nb_channels;
-
-    /**
-     * Details about which channels are present in this layout.
-     * For AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, this field is undefined and must not be
-     * used.
-     */
-    union {
-        /**
-         * This member must be used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, and may be used
-         * for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC to signal non-diegetic channels.
-         * It is a bitmask, where the position of each set bit means that the
-         * AVChannel with the corresponding value is present.
-         *
-         * I.e. when (mask & (1 << AV_CHAN_FOO)) is non-zero, then AV_CHAN_FOO
-         * is present in the layout. Otherwise it is not present.
-         *
-         * @note when a channel layout using a bitmask is constructed or
-         * modified manually (i.e.  not using any of the av_channel_layout_*
-         * functions), the code doing it must ensure that the number of set bits
-         * is equal to nb_channels.
-         */
-        uint64_t mask;
-        /**
-         * This member must be used when the channel order is
-         * AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. It is a nb_channels-sized array, with each
-         * element signalling the presence of the AVChannel with the
-         * corresponding value in map[i].id.
-         *
-         * I.e. when map[i].id is equal to AV_CHAN_FOO, then AV_CH_FOO is the
-         * i-th channel in the audio data.
-         *
-         * When map[i].id is in the range between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
-         * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the channel contains an ambisonic
-         * component with ACN index (as defined above)
-         * n = map[i].id - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE.
-         *
-         * map[i].name may be filled with a 0-terminated string, in which case
-         * it will be used for the purpose of identifying the channel with the
-         * convenience functions below. Otherwise it must be zeroed.
-         */
-        AVChannelCustom *map;
-    } u;
-
-    /**
-     * For some private data of the user.
-     */
-    void *opaque;
-} AVChannelLayout;
-
-/**
- * Macro to define native channel layouts
- *
- * @note This doesn't use designated initializers for compatibility with C++ 17 and older.
- */
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(nb, m) \
-    { /* .order */ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, \
-      /* .nb_channels */  (nb), \
-      /* .u.mask */ { m }, \
-      /* .opaque */ NULL }
-
-/**
- * @name Common pre-defined channel layouts
- * @{
- */
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MONO              AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(1,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO            AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2POINT1           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_1               AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_SURROUND          AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT0           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT1           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_2               AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_QUAD              AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK      AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK      AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1POINT2     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1POINT2)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL         AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK      AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE      AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL         AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_CUBE              AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT4_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(10, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT4_BACK)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(10, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(12, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT2POINT3     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(12, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT2POINT3)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT4_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(14, AV_CH_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT4_BACK)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT6     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT6)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_BINAURAL          AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_BINAURAL)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX    AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX)
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_22POINT2          AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(24, AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2)
-
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK  AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK
-
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_AMBISONIC_FIRST_ORDER \
-    { /* .order */ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, \
-      /* .nb_channels */ 4, \
-      /* .u.mask */ { 0 }, \
-      /* .opaque */ NULL }
-/** @} */
-
-struct AVBPrint;
-
-/**
- * Get a human readable string in an abbreviated form describing a given channel.
- * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_from_string().
- *
- * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
- * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
- * @param channel the AVChannel whose name to get
- * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
- *         on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
- *         string was truncated.
- */
-int av_channel_name(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel);
-
-/**
- * bprint variant of av_channel_name().
- *
- * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
- */
-void av_channel_name_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
-
-/**
- * Get a human readable string describing a given channel.
- *
- * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
- * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
- * @param channel the AVChannel whose description to get
- * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
- *         on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
- *         string was truncated.
- */
-int av_channel_description(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel);
-
-/**
- * bprint variant of av_channel_description().
- *
- * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
- */
-void av_channel_description_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
-
-/**
- * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_name().
- *
- * @return the channel with the given name
- *         AV_CHAN_NONE when name does not identify a known channel
- */
-enum AVChannel av_channel_from_string(const char *name);
-
-/**
- * Initialize a custom channel layout with the specified number of channels.
- * The channel map will be allocated and the designation of all channels will
- * be set to AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN.
- *
- * This is only a convenience helper function, a custom channel layout can also
- * be constructed without using this.
- *
- * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized
- * @param nb_channels the number of channels
- *
- * @return 0 on success
- *         AVERROR(EINVAL) if the number of channels <= 0
- *         AVERROR(ENOMEM) if the channel map could not be allocated
- */
-int av_channel_layout_custom_init(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, int nb_channels);
-
-/**
- * Initialize a native channel layout from a bitmask indicating which channels
- * are present.
- *
- * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized
- * @param mask bitmask describing the channel layout
- *
- * @return 0 on success
- *         AVERROR(EINVAL) for invalid mask values
- */
-int av_channel_layout_from_mask(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, uint64_t mask);
-
-/**
- * Initialize a channel layout from a given string description.
- * The input string can be represented by:
- *  - the formal channel layout name (returned by av_channel_layout_describe())
- *  - single or multiple channel names (returned by av_channel_name(), eg. "FL",
- *    or concatenated with "+", each optionally containing a custom name after
- *    a "@", eg. "FL@Left+FR@Right+LFE")
- *  - a decimal or hexadecimal value of a native channel layout (eg. "4" or "0x4")
- *  - the number of channels with default layout (eg. "4c")
- *  - the number of unordered channels (eg. "4C" or "4 channels")
- *  - the ambisonic order followed by optional non-diegetic channels (eg.
- *    "ambisonic 2+stereo")
- * On error, the channel layout will remain uninitialized, but not necessarily
- * untouched.
- *
- * @param channel_layout uninitialized channel layout for the result
- * @param str string describing the channel layout
- * @return 0 on success parsing the channel layout
- *         AVERROR(EINVAL) if an invalid channel layout string was provided
- *         AVERROR(ENOMEM) if there was not enough memory
- */
-int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
-                                  const char *str);
-
-/**
- * Get the default channel layout for a given number of channels.
- *
- * @param ch_layout the layout structure to be initialized
- * @param nb_channels number of channels
- */
-void av_channel_layout_default(AVChannelLayout *ch_layout, int nb_channels);
-
-/**
- * Iterate over all standard channel layouts.
- *
- * @param opaque a pointer where libavutil will store the iteration state. Must
- *               point to NULL to start the iteration.
- *
- * @return the standard channel layout or NULL when the iteration is
- *         finished
- */
-const AVChannelLayout *av_channel_layout_standard(void **opaque);
-
-/**
- * Free any allocated data in the channel layout and reset the channel
- * count to 0.
- *
- * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be uninitialized
- */
-void av_channel_layout_uninit(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
-
-/**
- * Make a copy of a channel layout. This differs from just assigning src to dst
- * in that it allocates and copies the map for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM.
- *
- * @note the destination channel_layout will be always uninitialized before copy.
- *
- * @param dst destination channel layout
- * @param src source channel layout
- * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
- */
-int av_channel_layout_copy(AVChannelLayout *dst, const AVChannelLayout *src);
-
-/**
- * Get a human-readable string describing the channel layout properties.
- * The string will be in the same format that is accepted by
- * @ref av_channel_layout_from_string(), allowing to rebuild the same
- * channel layout, except for opaque pointers.
- *
- * @param channel_layout channel layout to be described
- * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
- * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
- * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
- *         on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
- *         string was truncated.
- */
-int av_channel_layout_describe(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
-                               char *buf, size_t buf_size);
-
-/**
- * bprint variant of av_channel_layout_describe().
- *
- * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
- * @return 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR value on failure.
- */
-int av_channel_layout_describe_bprint(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
-                                      struct AVBPrint *bp);
-
-/**
- * Get the channel with the given index in a channel layout.
- *
- * @param channel_layout input channel layout
- * @param idx index of the channel
- * @return channel with the index idx in channel_layout on success or
- *         AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if idx is not valid or the channel order is
- *         unspecified)
- */
-enum AVChannel
-av_channel_layout_channel_from_index(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, unsigned int idx);
-
-/**
- * Get the index of a given channel in a channel layout. In case multiple
- * channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
- *
- * @param channel_layout input channel layout
- * @param channel the channel whose index to obtain
- * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success or a negative number if
- *         channel is not present in channel_layout.
- */
-int av_channel_layout_index_from_channel(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
-                                         enum AVChannel channel);
-
-/**
- * Get the index in a channel layout of a channel described by the given string.
- * In case multiple channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
- *
- * This function accepts channel names in the same format as
- * @ref av_channel_from_string().
- *
- * @param channel_layout input channel layout
- * @param name string describing the channel whose index to obtain
- * @return a channel index described by the given string, or a negative AVERROR
- *         value.
- */
-int av_channel_layout_index_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
-                                        const char *name);
-
-/**
- * Get a channel described by the given string.
- *
- * This function accepts channel names in the same format as
- * @ref av_channel_from_string().
- *
- * @param channel_layout input channel layout
- * @param name string describing the channel to obtain
- * @return a channel described by the given string in channel_layout on success
- *         or AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if the string is not valid or the channel
- *         order is unspecified)
- */
-enum AVChannel
-av_channel_layout_channel_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
-                                      const char *name);
-
-/**
- * Find out what channels from a given set are present in a channel layout,
- * without regard for their positions.
- *
- * @param channel_layout input channel layout
- * @param mask a combination of AV_CH_* representing a set of channels
- * @return a bitfield representing all the channels from mask that are present
- *         in channel_layout
- */
-uint64_t av_channel_layout_subset(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
-                                  uint64_t mask);
-
-/**
- * Check whether a channel layout is valid, i.e. can possibly describe audio
- * data.
- *
- * @param channel_layout input channel layout
- * @return 1 if channel_layout is valid, 0 otherwise.
- */
-int av_channel_layout_check(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
-
-/**
- * Check whether two channel layouts are semantically the same, i.e. the same
- * channels are present on the same positions in both.
- *
- * If one of the channel layouts is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, while the other is
- * not, they are considered to be unequal. If both are AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC,
- * they are considered equal iff the channel counts are the same in both.
- *
- * @param chl input channel layout
- * @param chl1 input channel layout
- * @return 0 if chl and chl1 are equal, 1 if they are not equal. A negative
- *         AVERROR code if one or both are invalid.
- */
-int av_channel_layout_compare(const AVChannelLayout *chl, const AVChannelLayout *chl1);
-
-/**
- * Return the order if the layout is n-th order standard-order ambisonic.
- * The presence of optional extra non-diegetic channels at the end is not taken
- * into account.
- *
- * @param channel_layout input channel layout
- * @return the order of the layout, a negative error code otherwise.
- */
-int av_channel_layout_ambisonic_order(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
-
-/**
- * The conversion must be lossless.
- */
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_RETYPE_FLAG_LOSSLESS (1 << 0)
-
-/**
- * The specified retype target order is ignored and the simplest possible
- * (canonical) order is used for which the input layout can be losslessy
- * represented.
- */
-#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_RETYPE_FLAG_CANONICAL (1 << 1)
-
-/**
- * Change the AVChannelOrder of a channel layout.
- *
- * Change of AVChannelOrder can be either lossless or lossy. In case of a
- * lossless conversion all the channel designations and the associated channel
- * names (if any) are kept. On a lossy conversion the channel names and channel
- * designations might be lost depending on the capabilities of the desired
- * AVChannelOrder. Note that some conversions are simply not possible in which
- * case this function returns AVERROR(ENOSYS).
- *
- * The following conversions are supported:
- *
- * Any       -> Custom     : Always possible, always lossless.
- * Any       -> Unspecified: Always possible, lossless if channel designations
- *   are all unknown and channel names are not used, lossy otherwise.
- * Custom    -> Ambisonic  : Possible if it contains ambisonic channels with
- *   optional non-diegetic channels in the end. Lossy if the channels have
- *   custom names, lossless otherwise.
- * Custom    -> Native     : Possible if it contains native channels in native
- *     order. Lossy if the channels have custom names, lossless otherwise.
- *
- * On error this function keeps the original channel layout untouched.
- *
- * @param channel_layout channel layout which will be changed
- * @param order the desired channel layout order
- * @param flags a combination of AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_RETYPE_FLAG_* constants
- * @return 0 if the conversion was successful and lossless or if the channel
- *           layout was already in the desired order
- *         >0 if the conversion was successful but lossy
- *         AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the conversion was not possible (or would be
- *           lossy and AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_RETYPE_FLAG_LOSSLESS was specified)
- *         AVERROR(EINVAL), AVERROR(ENOMEM) on error
- */
-int av_channel_layout_retype(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, enum AVChannelOrder order, int flags);
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavutil/common.h

@@ -1,589 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
- *
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-/**
- * @file
- * common internal and external API header
- */
-
-#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
-#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
-
-#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
-#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <inttypes.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <math.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "attributes.h"
-#include "error.h"
-#include "macros.h"
-#include "version.h"
-
-#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
-#   include "config.h"
-#   include "intmath.h"
-#   include "internal.h"
-#else
-#   include "mem.h"
-#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
-
-//rounded division & shift
-#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
-/* assume b>0 */
-#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>=0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
-/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
-#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
-                                                       : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
-/* Backwards compat. */
-#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
-
-#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
-#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
-
-/**
- * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they
- * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
- * as with *abs()
- * @see FFNABS()
- */
-#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
-#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
-
-/**
- * Negative Absolute value.
- * this works for all integers of all types.
- * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
- * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
- */
-#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
-
-/**
- * Unsigned Absolute value.
- * This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned.
- * This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable
- * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice.
- */
-#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a))
-#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a))
-
-/* misc math functions */
-
-#ifndef av_ceil_log2
-#   define av_ceil_log2     av_ceil_log2_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_clip
-#   define av_clip          av_clip_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_clip64
-#   define av_clip64        av_clip64_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_clip_uint8
-#   define av_clip_uint8    av_clip_uint8_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_clip_int8
-#   define av_clip_int8     av_clip_int8_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_clip_uint16
-#   define av_clip_uint16   av_clip_uint16_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_clip_int16
-#   define av_clip_int16    av_clip_int16_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_clipl_int32
-#   define av_clipl_int32   av_clipl_int32_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_clip_intp2
-#   define av_clip_intp2    av_clip_intp2_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
-#   define av_clip_uintp2   av_clip_uintp2_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_sat_add32
-#   define av_sat_add32     av_sat_add32_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
-#   define av_sat_dadd32    av_sat_dadd32_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_sat_sub32
-#   define av_sat_sub32     av_sat_sub32_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
-#   define av_sat_dsub32    av_sat_dsub32_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_sat_add64
-#   define av_sat_add64     av_sat_add64_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_sat_sub64
-#   define av_sat_sub64     av_sat_sub64_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_clipf
-#   define av_clipf         av_clipf_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_clipd
-#   define av_clipd         av_clipd_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_zero_extend
-#   define av_zero_extend   av_zero_extend_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_popcount
-#   define av_popcount      av_popcount_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_popcount64
-#   define av_popcount64    av_popcount64_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_parity
-#   define av_parity        av_parity_c
-#endif
-
-#ifndef av_log2
-av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef av_log2_16bit
-av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
- * @param a value to clip
- * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
- * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
- * @return clipped value
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
-{
-#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
-    if (amin > amax) abort();
-#endif
-    if      (a < amin) return amin;
-    else if (a > amax) return amax;
-    else               return a;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
- * @param a value to clip
- * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
- * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
- * @return clipped value
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
-{
-#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
-    if (amin > amax) abort();
-#endif
-    if      (a < amin) return amin;
-    else if (a > amax) return amax;
-    else               return a;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
- * @param a value to clip
- * @return clipped value
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
-{
-    if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
-    else           return a;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
- * @param a value to clip
- * @return clipped value
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
-{
-    if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
-    else                  return a;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
- * @param a value to clip
- * @return clipped value
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
-{
-    if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
-    else             return a;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
- * @param a value to clip
- * @return clipped value
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
-{
-    if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
-    else                      return a;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
- * @param a value to clip
- * @return clipped value
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
-{
-    if ((a+UINT64_C(0x80000000)) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
-    else                                                  return (int32_t)a;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
- * @param  a value to clip
- * @param  p bit position to clip at
- * @return clipped value
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
-{
-    if (((unsigned)a + (1U << p)) & ~((2U << p) - 1))
-        return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
-    else
-        return a;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
- * @param  a value to clip
- * @param  p bit position to clip at
- * @return clipped value
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
-{
-    if (a & ~((1U<<p) - 1)) return (~a) >> 31 & ((1U<<p) - 1);
-    else                    return  a;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
- * @param  a value to clip
- * @param  p bit position to clip at. Must be between 0 and 31.
- * @return clipped value
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_zero_extend_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
-{
-#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
-    if (p > 31) abort();
-#endif
-    return a & ((1U << p) - 1);
-}
-
-#if FF_API_MOD_UINTP2
-#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
-#   define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c
-#endif
-attribute_deprecated
-static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
-{
-    return av_zero_extend_c(a, p);
-}
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
- *
- * @param  a one value
- * @param  b another value
- * @return sum with signed saturation
- */
-static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
-{
-    return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
-}
-
-/**
- * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
- *
- * @param  a first value
- * @param  b value doubled and added to a
- * @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
- */
-static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
-{
-    return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
-}
-
-/**
- * Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
- *
- * @param  a one value
- * @param  b another value
- * @return difference with signed saturation
- */
-static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b)
-{
-    return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b);
-}
-
-/**
- * Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages.
- *
- * @param  a first value
- * @param  b value doubled and subtracted from a
- * @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
- */
-static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b)
-{
-    return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
-}
-
-/**
- * Add two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
- *
- * @param  a one value
- * @param  b another value
- * @return sum with signed saturation
- */
-static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_add64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
-#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_add_overflow)
-    int64_t tmp;
-    return !__builtin_add_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
-#else
-    int64_t s = a+(uint64_t)b;
-    if ((int64_t)(a^b | ~s^b) >= 0)
-        return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63);
-    return s;
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
- *
- * @param  a one value
- * @param  b another value
- * @return difference with signed saturation
- */
-static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
-#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow)
-    int64_t tmp;
-    return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
-#else
-    if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b)
-        return INT64_MAX;
-    if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b)
-        return INT64_MIN;
-    return a - b;
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
- * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
- * If a is +inf amax will be returned.
- * @param a value to clip
- * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
- * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
- * @return clipped value
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
-{
-#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
-    if (amin > amax) abort();
-#endif
-    return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
- * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
- * If a is +inf amax will be returned.
- * @param a value to clip
- * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
- * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
- * @return clipped value
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
-{
-#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
-    if (amin > amax) abort();
-#endif
-    return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
-}
-
-/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
- * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
- * @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
-{
-    return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1);
-}
-
-/**
- * Count number of bits set to one in x
- * @param x value to count bits of
- * @return the number of bits set to one in x
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
-{
-    x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
-    x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
-    x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
-    x += x >> 8;
-    return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
-}
-
-/**
- * Count number of bits set to one in x
- * @param x value to count bits of
- * @return the number of bits set to one in x
- */
-static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
-{
-    return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
-}
-
-static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
-{
-    return av_popcount(v) & 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
- *
- * @param val      Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
- * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
- *                 Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
- *                 assigned Unicode range).  With a memory buffer
- *                 input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure
- *                 that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then
- *                 *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0
- * @param ERROR    Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
- *                 typically a goto statement.
- *
- * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
- * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
- * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
- * to prevent undefined results.
- */
-#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
-    val= (uint8_t)(GET_BYTE);\
-    {\
-        uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
-        if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
-            {ERROR}\
-        while (val & top) {\
-            unsigned int tmp = (uint8_t)(GET_BYTE) - 128;\
-            if(tmp>>6)\
-                {ERROR}\
-            val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
-            top <<= 5;\
-        }\
-        val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
-    }
-
-/**
- * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
- *
- * @param val       Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
- * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
- *                  to native byte order.  Evaluated one or two times.
- * @param ERROR     Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
- *                  typically a goto statement.
- */
-#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
-    val = (uint16_t)(GET_16BIT);\
-    {\
-        unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
-        if (hi < 0x800) {\
-            val = (uint16_t)(GET_16BIT) - 0xDC00;\
-            if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
-                {ERROR}\
-            val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
-        }\
-    }\
-
-/**
- * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
- * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
- * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
- * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
- * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
- * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
- * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
- * output by PUT_BYTE.
- * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
- * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
- * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
- * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
- * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
- * Unicode character.
- */
-#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
-    {\
-        int bytes, shift;\
-        uint32_t in = val;\
-        if (in < 0x80) {\
-            tmp = in;\
-            PUT_BYTE\
-        } else {\
-            bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
-            shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
-            tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
-            PUT_BYTE\
-            while (shift >= 6) {\
-                shift -= 6;\
-                tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
-                PUT_BYTE\
-            }\
-        }\
-    }
-
-/**
- * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
- * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
- * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
- * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
- * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
- * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
- * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
- * output by PUT_16BIT.
- * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
- * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
- * as the input byte.  For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
- * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
- */
-#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
-    {\
-        uint32_t in = val;\
-        if (in < 0x10000) {\
-            tmp = in;\
-            PUT_16BIT\
-        } else {\
-            tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
-            PUT_16BIT\
-            tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
-            PUT_16BIT\
-        }\
-    }\
-
-#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */

dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg62/include/libavutil/dict.h

@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- */
-
-/**
- * @file
- * Public dictionary API.
- * @deprecated
- *  AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
- *  implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
- *  extremely slow with large dictionaries.
- *  It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
- *  where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
- */
-
-#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
-#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/**
- * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
- * @ingroup lavu_data
- *
- * @brief Simple key:value store
- *
- * @{
- * Dictionaries are used for storing key-value pairs.
- *
- * - To **create an AVDictionary**, simply pass an address of a NULL
- *   pointer to av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary
- *   wherever a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
- * - To **insert an entry**, use av_dict_set().
- * - Use av_dict_get() to **retrieve an entry**.
- * - To **iterate over all entries**, use av_dict_iterate().
- * - In order to **free the dictionary and all its contents**, use av_dict_free().
- *
- @code
-   AVDictionary *d = NULL;           // "create" an empty dictionary
-   AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
-
-   av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
-
-   char *k = av_strdup("key");       // if your strings are already allocated,
-   char *v = av_strdup("value");     // you can avoid copying them like this
-   av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
-
-   while ((t = av_dict_iterate(d, t))) {
-       <....>                        // iterate over all entries in d
-   }
-   av_dict_free(&d);
- @endcode
- */
-
-/**
- * @name AVDictionary Flags
- * Flags that influence behavior of the matching of keys or insertion to the dictionary.
- * @{
- */
-#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE      1   /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
-#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX   2   /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
-                                         ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
-#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4   /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
-                                         allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
-#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8   /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
-                                         allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
-#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16   /**< Don't overwrite existing entries. */
-#define AV_DICT_APPEND         32   /**< If the entry already exists, append to it.  Note that no
-                                         delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
-#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY       64   /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
-#define AV_DICT_DEDUP         128   /**< If inserting a value that already exists for a key, do nothing. Only relevant with AV_DICT_MULTIKEY. */
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
-    char *key;
-    char *value;
-} AVDictionaryEntry;
-
-typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
-
-/**
- * Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
- *
- * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
- * cause undefined behavior.
- *
- * @param prev  Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
- *              If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
- * @param key   Matching key
- * @param flags A collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the
- *              entry is retrieved
- *
- * @return      Found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
- */
-AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
-                               const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
-
-/**
- * Iterate over a dictionary
- *
- * Iterates through all entries in the dictionary.
- *
- * @warning The returned AVDictionaryEntry key/value must not be changed.
- *
- * @warning As av_dict_set() invalidates all previous entries returned
- * by this function, it must not be called while iterating over the dict.
- *
- * Typical usage:
- * @code
- * const AVDictionaryEntry *e = NULL;
- * while ((e = av_dict_iterate(m, e))) {
- *     // ...
- * }
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param m     The dictionary to iterate over
- * @param prev  Pointer to the previous AVDictionaryEntry, NULL initially
- *
- * @retval AVDictionaryEntry* The next element in the dictionary
- * @retval NULL               No more elements in the dictionary
- */
-const AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_iterate(const AVDictionary *m,
-                                         const AVDictionaryEntry *prev);
-
-/**
- * Get number of entries in dictionary.
- *
- * @param m dictionary
- * @return  number of entries in dictionary
- */
-int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
-
-/**
- * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
- *
- * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
- * these arguments will be freed on error.
- *
- * @warning Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
- * previously returned with av_dict_get() or av_dict_iterate().
- *
- * @param pm        Pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
- *                  a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
- * @param key       Entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
- * @param value     Entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
- *                  Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
- *
- * @return          >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
- */
-int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
-
-/**
- * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set() that converts the value to a string
- * and stores it.
- *
- * Note: If ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
- */
-int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
-
-/**
- * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
- *
- * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
- * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
- *
- * @param key_val_sep  A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
- *                     key from value
- * @param pairs_sep    A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
- *                     two pairs from each other
- * @param flags        Flags to use when adding to the dictionary.
- *                     ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
- *                     are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
- *                     be duplicated.
- *
- * @return             0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
- */
-int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
-                         const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
-                         int flags);
-
-/**
- * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
- *
- * @note Metadata is read using the ::AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
- *
- * @param dst   Pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct to copy into. If *dst is NULL,
- *              this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
- * @param src   Pointer to the source AVDictionary struct to copy items from.
- * @param flags Flags to use when setting entries in *dst
- *
- * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
- *           by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
- */
-int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
-
-/**
- * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
- * and all keys and values.
- */
-void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
-
-/**
- * Get dictionary entries as a string.
- *
- * Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
- * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
- * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
- *
- * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
- *
- * @param[in]  m             The dictionary
- * @param[out] buffer        Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containing entries.
- *                           Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
- * @param[in]  key_val_sep   Character used to separate key from value
- * @param[in]  pairs_sep     Character used to separate two pairs from each other
- *
- * @return                   >= 0 on success, negative on error
- */
-int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
-                       const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */